Kepserverex Manual PDF

2016 PTC Inc. All Rights Reserved.
2 KEPServerEX V6
Table of Contents
Table of Contents 2
13
KEPServerEX V6 13
Introduction 13
System Requirements 14
Components 14
Process Modes 15
Interfaces and Connectivity 16
OPC DA 16
OPC AE 17
OPC UA 18
OPC .NET 19
DDE 19
FastDDE/SuiteLink 20
iFIX Native Interfaces 20
ThingWorx Native Interface 20
Thin-Client Terminal Server 21
Accessing the Administration Menu 22
Settings 23
Settings - Administration 23
Settings - Configuration 24
Settings - Runtime Process 25
Settings - Runtime Options 26
Settings - Event Log 27
Settings - ProgID Redirect 29
Settings - User Manager 30
Navigating the User Interface 35
Project Properties 38
Project Properties - Identification 38
Project Properties - OPC DA Settings 38
Project Properties - DDE 42
Project Properties - FastDDE/Suitelink 44
Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings 46
Project Properties - ThingWorx Native Interface 48

ThingWorx Example 52
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 3
Project Properties - OPC UA 53
Project Properties - OPC AE 55
Project Properties - OPC HDA 57
Project Properties - OPC .NET 57
Server Options 59
Options - General 59
Options - Runtime Connection 60
Basic Components 61
What is a Channel? 61
Channel Properties 62
Channel Properties - General 62
Channel Properties - Advanced 63
Channel Properties - Ethernet Communications 63
Channel Properties - Serial Communications 64
Channel Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation 66
Channel Properties - Communication Serialization 67
Channel Properties - Network Interface 68
Channel Properties - Write Optimizations 69
Device Discovery Procedure 70
What is a Device? 71
Device Properties 72
Device Properties - Identification 72
Device Properties - Operating Mode 73
Device Properties - Scan Mode 74
Device Properties - Auto-Demotion 75
Device Properties - Communication Parameters 75
Device Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation 76
Device Properties - Tag Generation 77
Device Properties - Time Synchronization 78
Device Properties - Timing 79
Device Properties - Redundancy 80
What is a Tag? 80
Tag Properties - General 81
Multiple Tag Generation 84
Tag Properties - Scaling 87
Dynamic Tags 89
Static Tags (User-Defined) 90
What is a Tag Group? 90
www. kepware.com
4 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Group Properties 90
What is the Alias Map? 91

Alias Properties 92
What is the Event Log? 93

Event Log 93
Tag Management 95
CSV Import and Export 95
Automatic Tag Database Generation 97
System Tags 100
Property Tags 114
Statistics Tags 115
Modem Tags 117
Communication Serialization Tags 120
Communications Management 122
Using a Modem in the Server Project 123
Phonebook 124
Auto-Dial 125
Designing a Project 127
Running the Server 127
Starting a New Project 127
Adding and Configuring a Channel 128
Channel Creation Wizard 129
Adding and Configuring a Device 130
Device Creation Wizard 132
Adding User - Defined Tags (Example) 132
Browsing for Tags 134
Generating Multiple Tags 136
Adding Tag Scaling 139
Saving the Project 139
Testing the Project 140
How Do I... 147
How To... Allow Desktop Interactions 147
How To... Create and Use an Alias 149
How To... Optimize the Server Project 152
How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group 153
How To... Resolve Comm Issues When the DNS/DHCP Device Connected to the Server is 153
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 5
Power Cycled
How To... Use an Alias to Optimize a Project 155
How To... Use DDE with the Server 155
How To... Use Dynamic Tag Addressing 156
How To... Use Ethernet Encapsulation 157
How To ... Work with Non-Normalized Floating Point Values 158
Device Demand Poll 160
Configuration API Service 162

Security 162
Documentation 162
Configuration API Architecture 162
Configuration API Service Configuration 162
Configuration API Concurrent Clients 165
Configuration API Logging 165
Configuration API Service Data 167
Config API Service Troubleshooting 169
iFIX Signal Conditioning Options 170
Project Startup for iFIX Applications 176
Built-In Diagnostics 178
OPC Diagnostics Viewer 178
OPC DA Events 181
OPC UA Services 189
Communication Diagnostics 192
Event Log Messages 196
Server Summary Information 196

The <name> device driver was not found or could not be loaded. 197
Unable to load the '<name>' driver because more than one copy exists ('<name>' and
'<name>'). Remove the conflicting driver and restart the application. 198
Invalid project file. 198
Failed to open modem line '<line>' [TAPI error = <code>]. 198
Unable to add channel due to driver-level failure. 198
Unable to add device due to driver-level failure. 198
Version mismatch. 199
Invalid XML document: 199
Unable to load project <name>: 199
Unable to backup project file to '<path>' [<reason>]. The save operation has been aborted.
Verify the destination file is not locked and has read/write access. To continue to save this
project without a backup, deselect the backup option under Tools | Options | General and re- 199
www. kepware.com
6 KEPServerEX V6
save the project.

<feature name> was not found or could not be loaded. 200
Unable to save project file <name>: 200
Device discovery has exceeded <count> maximum allowed devices. Limit the discovery range
and try again. 200
<feature name> is required to load this project. 200
The current language does not support loading XML projects. To load XML projects, change the
product language selection to English in Server Administration. 200
Auto-generated tag '<tag>' already exists and will not be overwritten. 201
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>'. The device is not responding. 201
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>': 201
Auto generation produced too many overwrites, stopped posting error messages. 201
Failed to add tag '<tag>' because the address is too long. The maximum address length is
<number>. 202
Line '<line>' is already in use. 202
Hardware error on line '<line>'. 202
No comm handle provided on connect for line '<line>'. 202
Unable to dial on line '<line>'. 202
Unable to use network adapter '<adapter>' on channel '<name>'. Using default network adapter.203
Rejecting attempt to change model type on a referenced device '<channel device>'. 203
TAPI line initialization failed: <code>. 203
Validation error on '<tag>': <error>. 203
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'. 204
Validation error on '<tag>': Invalid scaling parameters. 204
Unable to apply modem configuration on line '<line>'. 204
Device '<device>' has been automatically demoted. 204
<Source>: Invalid Ethernet encapsulation IP '<address>'. 205
The '<product>' driver does not currently support XML persistence. Save using the default file
format. 205
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'. 205
The time zone set for '<device>' is '<zone>'. This is not a valid time zone for the system.
Defaulting the time zone to '<zone>'. 206
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'. Reason: 206
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'. Reason: 206
Auto-dial disabled. Channel requires at least one phone number for automatic dialing. | Channel
= '<channel>'. 206
Channel requires at least one number in its phonebook to use a shared modem connection. |
Channel = '<channel>'. 207
TAPI configuration has changed, reinitializing... 207
<Product> device driver loaded successfully. 207
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 7
Starting <name> device driver. 207

Stopping <name> device driver. 207
Dialing '<number>' on line '<modem>'. 207
Line '<modem>' disconnected. 207
Dialing on line '<modem>' canceled by user. 207
Line '<modem>' connected at <rate> baud. 207
Remote line is busy on '<modem>'. 208
Remote line is not answering on '<modem>'. 208
No dial tone on '<modem>'. 208
The phone number is invalid (<number>). 208
Dialing aborted on '<modem>'. 208
Line dropped at remote site on '<modem>'. 208
Incoming call detected on line '<modem>'. 208
Modem line opened: '<modem>'. 208
Modem line closed: '<modem>'. 208
<Product> device driver unloaded from memory. 208
Line '<modem>' connected. 208
Simulation mode is enabled on device '<device>'. 209
Simulation mode is disabled on device '<device>'. 209
Attempting to automatically generate tags for device '<device>'. 209
Completed automatic tag generation for device '<device>'. 209
Initiating disconnect on modem line '<modem>'. 209
A client application has enabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'. 209
Data collection is enabled on device '<device>'. 209
Data collection is disabled on device '<device>'. 209
Created backup of project '<name>' to '<path>'. 209
Device '<device>' has been auto-promoted to determine if communications can be re-
established. 210
Failed to load library: <name>. 210
Failed to read build manifest resource: <name>. 210
The project file was created with a more recent version of this software. 210
A client application has disabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'. 210
Phone number priority has changed. | Phone Number Name = '<name>', Updated Priority =
'<priority>'. 210
Access to object denied. | User = '<account>', Object = '<object path>', Permission = 210
Changing runtime operating mode. 210
Runtime operating mode change completed. 210
Shutting down to perform an installation. 210
OPC ProgID has been added to the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
www. kepware.com
8 KEPServerEX V6
OPC ProgID has been removed from the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
The invalid ProgID entry has been deleted from the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
Password for administrator was reset by the current user. | Administrator name = '<name>',
Current user = '<name>'. 211
User moved from user group. | User = '<name>', Old group = '<name>', New group '<name>'. 211
User group has been created. | Group = '<name>'. 211
User added to user group. | User = '<name>', Group = '<name>'. 211
User information replaced by import. | File imported = '<absolute file path>'. 211
User group has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name = '<name>'. 211
Permissions definition has changed on user group. | Group = '<name>'. 211
User has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name = '<name>'. 212
User has been disabled. | User = '<name>'. 212
User group has been disabled. | Group = '<name>'. 212
User has been enabled. | User = '<name>'. 212
User group has been enabled. | Group = '<name>'. 212
Failed to reset password for administrator. | Administrator name = '<name>'. 212
Password reset for administrator failed. Current user is not a Windows administrator. |
Administrator name = '<name>', Current user = '<name>'. 212
Password for user has been changed. | User = '<name>'. 212
General failure during CSV tag import. 212
Connection attempt to runtime failed. | Runtime host address = '<host address>', User =
'<name>', Reason = '<reason>'. 212
Invalid or missing user information. 212
Insufficient user permissions to replace the runtime project. 213
Runtime project update failed. 213
Failed to retrieve runtime project. 213
Unable to replace devices on channel because it has an active reference count. | Channel =
'<name>'. 213
Failed to replace existing auto-generated devices on channel, deletion failed. | Channel =
'<name>'. 213
Channel is no longer valid. It may have been removed externally while awaiting user input. |
Channel = '<name>'. 213
No device driver DLLs were loaded. 213
Device driver was not found or could not be loaded. | Driver = '<name>'. 213
Error importing CSV data. \n\nField buffer overflow reading identification record. 213
Error importing CSV data. \n\nUnrecognized field name. | Field = '<name>'. 213
Error importing CSV data. \n\nDuplicate field name. | Field = '<name>'. 214
Error importing CSV data. \n\nMissing field identification record. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nField buffer overflow. | Record index = '<number>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nInsertion failed. | Record index = '<number>', Record name = 214
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 9
'<name>'.
Unable to launch application. | Application = '<path>', OS error = '<code>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\n'Mapped To' tag address is not valid for this project. | Record
index = '<number>', Tag address = '<address>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nAlias name is invalid. Names cannot contain double quotations
or start with an underscore. | Record index = '<number>'. 214
Invalid XML document: 214
Rename failed. There is already an object with that name. | Proposed name = '<name>'. 214
Failed to start channel diagnostics 214
Rename failed. Names can not contain periods, double quotations or start with an underscore. |
Proposed name = '<name>'. 215
Synchronization with remote runtime failed. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag name is invalid. | Record index = '<number>', Tag name =
'<name>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag or group name exceeds maximum name length. | Record index
= '<number>', Max. name length (characters) = '<number>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Missing address. | Record index = '<number>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag group name is invalid. | Record index = '<index>', Group name
= '<name>'. 215
Close request ignored due to active connection(s). | Active connections = '<count>'. 215
Failed to save embedded dependency file. | File = '<path>'. 215
The configuration utility cannot run at the same time as third-party configuration applications.
Close both programs and open only the one you want to use. | Product = '<name>'. 215
Opening project. | Project = '<name>'. 216
Closing project. | Project = '<name>'. 216
Virtual Network Mode changed. This affects all channels and virtual networks. See help for more
details regarding the Virtual Network Mode. | New mode = '<mode>'. 216
Beginning device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Device discovery complete on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices found = '<count>'. 216
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices found = '<count>'. 216
Unable to begin device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Shutting down for the purpose of performing an installation. 216
Runtime project has been reset. 216
Runtime project replaced. | New project = '<path>'. 217
Not connected to the event logger service. 217
Feature '<name>' is not licensed and cannot be used. 217
Failed to load the license interface, possibly due to a missing third-party dependency. Run in
demo mode only. 217
The demonstration time period has expired. 217
Maximum device count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license. Edit project and restart 218
www. kepware.com
10 KEPServerEX V6
the server.
Maximum runtime tag count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license. Edit client project
and restart the server. 218
Type <numeric type ID> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature '<name>'. 219
<Object type name> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature '<name>'. 219
The FlexNet Licensing Service must be enabled to process licenses. Failure to enable the service
results in demo mode. 219
The <name> feature license has been removed. The server will enter demo mode unless the
license is restored before the grace period expires. 220
License for feature <name> cannot be accessed [error=<code>] and must be reactivated. 220
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it is not licensed. 220
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it has a time limited license. 221
Started time limited usage on feature %s because an object count limit has been exceeded. 221
Started time limited usage on feature %s because a feature count limit has been exceeded. 221
Time limited usage period on feature %s has expired. 221
Cannot add item. Requested count of <number> would exceed license limit of <maximum
count>. 221
The version of component <name> (<version>) is required to match that of component <name>
(<version>). 221
Maximum channel count exceeded for the lite version '<name>' driver license. Edit project and
restart the server. 222
%s is now licensed. 222
Attempt to add item '<name>' failed. 222
No device driver DLLs were loaded. 222
Addition of object to '<name>' failed: <reason>. 222
Move object '<name>' failed: <reason>. 222
Update of object '<name>' failed: <reason>. 222
Delete object '<name>' failed: <reason>. 223
Unable to load startup project '<name>': <reason>. 223
Failed to update startup project '<name>': <reason>. 223
Runtime project replaced with startup project defined. Runtime project will be restored from
'<name>' at next restart. 223
Ignoring user-defined startup project because a configuration session is active. 223
Write request rejected on read-only item reference '<name>'. 223
Unable to write to item '<name>'. 223
Write request failed on item '<name>'. The write data type '<type>' cannot be converted to the
tag data type '<type>'. 223
Write request failed on item '<name>'. Error scaling the write data. 223
Write request rejected on item reference '<name>' since the device it belongs to is disabled. 223
<Name> successfully configured to run as a system service. 224
<Name> successfully removed from the service control manager database. 224
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 11
Runtime re-initialization started. 224

Runtime re-initialization completed. 224
Updated startup project '<name>'. 224
Runtime service started. 224
Runtime process started. 224
Runtime performing exit processing. 224
Runtime shutdown complete. 224
Shutting down to perform an installation. 224
Runtime project replaced from '<name>'. 224
Missing application data directory. 225
Configuration session started by <name> (<name>). 225
Configuration session assigned to <name> has ended. 225
Configuration session assigned to <name> promoted to write access. 225
Configuration session assigned to <name> demoted to read only. 225
Permissions change applied on configuration session assigned to <name>. 225
Missing server instance certificate '<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA Configuration
Manager to reissue the certificate. 225
Failed to import server instance cert: '<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA Configuration
Manager to reissue the certificate. 225
The UA server certificate is expired. Please use the OPC UA Configuration Manager to reissue
the certificate. 225
A socket error occurred listening for client connections. | Endpoint URL = '<endpoint URL>', Error
= <error code>, Details = '<description>'. 225
The UA Server failed to register with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL: '<endpoint url>'. 226
The UA Server failed to unregister from the discovery server. | Endpoint URL: '<endpoint url>'. 226
The UA Server successfully registered with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL: '<endpoint
url>'. 226
The UA Server successfully unregistered from the discovery server. | Endpoint URL: '<endpoint
url>'. 226
Failed to enable iFIX PDB support for this server. | OS Error = '<error>'. 226
The ReadProcessed request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s). 226
The ReadAtTime request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s). 226
Attempt to add DDE item failed. | Item = '<item name>'. 226
DDE client attempt to add topic failed. Refer to the alias map under the Edit menu for valid
topics. | Topic = '<topic>'. 226
Unable to write to item. | Item = '<item name>'. 226
The Config API SSL certificate contains a bad signature. 227
The Config API is unable to load the SSL certificate. 227
The Config API SSL certificate has expired. 227
The Config API SSL certificate is self-signed. 227
www. kepware.com
12 KEPServerEX V6
ThingWorx Messages 227

ThingWorx request to remove item <TagName> failed. The item doesn't exist. 227
ThingWorx request to add item <TagName> failed. The item was already added. 227
Failed to autobind property with name <TagName>. 228
Connected to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS using Thing name
<ThingName>. 228
Com port is in use by another application. | Port = '<port>'. 234
Unable to configure com port with specified parameters. | Port = COM<number>, OS error =
<error>. 234
Driver failed to initialize. 234
Unable to create serial I/O thread. 234
Com port does not exist. | Port = '<port>'. 234
Error opening com port. | Port = '<port>', OS error = <error>. 235
Connection failed. Unable to bind to adapter. | Adapter = '<name>'. 235
Winsock shut down failed. | OS error = <error>. 235
Winsock initialization failed. | OS error = <error>. 235
Winsock V1.1 or higher must be installed to use this driver. 235
Socket error occurred binding to local port. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 236
Device is not responding. 236
Device is not responding. | ID = '<device>'. 236
Serial communications error on channel. | Error mask = <mask>. 237
Unable to write to address on device. | Address = '<address>'. 237
Items on this page may not be changed while the driver is processing tags. 237
Specified address is not valid on device. | Invalid address = '<address>'. 238
Address '<address>' is not valid on device '<name>'. 238
This property may not be changed while the driver is processing tags. 238
Unable to write to address '<address>' on device '<name>'. 238
Socket error occurred connecting. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 238
Socket error occurred receiving data. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred sending data. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred checking for readability. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred checking for writability. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
%s | 240
<Name> Device Driver '<name>' 240
Index 241
www. kepware.com
13 KEPServerEX V6
KEPServerEX V6
CONTENTS
Introduction
Interfaces and Connectivity
Accessing the Administration Menu
Navigating the Configuration
Basic Server Components
Tag Management
Communications Management
Built-In Diagnostics
Designing a Project
How Do I... ?
Event Log Messages
For information regarding product licensing, refer to the License Utility help file. To access the help file through the server Configuration menu, click
Help | Server Help | License Utility. To access the help file through the server Administration menu, right-click on the KEPServerEX icon in the
System Tray and select Help | License Utility.
Introduction
Version 1.448
This software based server is designed for accurate communications, quick setup, and unmatched
interoperability between client applications, industrial devices, and systems. The server provides a wide
range of plug-ins and device drivers and components that suit most communication needs. The plug-in
design and single user interface provides consistent access from standards-based applications and non-
standards-based applications with native interfaces.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 14
System Requirements
The server has minimum system requirements for both software and hardware. These requirements must
be met for the application to operate as designed.
This application supports the following Microsoft Windows operating systems:

l Windows 10 x64 (Pro and Enterprise Edition) 3
l Windows 10 x86 (Pro and Enterprise Edition)
l Windows 8.1 x64 (Windows 8, Pro, and Enterprise Edition) 3
l Windows 8.1 x86 (Windows 8, Pro, and Enterprise Edition)
l Windows 8 x64 (Windows 8, Pro, and Enterprise Edition) 3
l Windows 8 x86 (Windows 8, Pro, and Enterprise Edition)
l Windows 7 x64 (Professional, Ultimate, and Enterprise Edition) 3
l Windows 7 x86 (Professional, Ultimate, and Enterprise Edition)
l Windows Server 2012 x64 R23
l Windows Server 2012 x643
l Windows Server 2008 x64 R23
Notes:
1. When installed on a 64-bit operating system, the application runs in a subsystem of Windows called
WOW64 (Windows-on-Windows 64 bit). WOW64 is included on all 64-bit versions of Windows and is
designed to make differences between the operating systems transparent to the user.
WOW64 requires the following minimums:
l 1 GHz Processor
l 1 GB installed RAM (defer to the suggestion for the OS)
l 180 MB available disk space
l Ethernet Card
2. Verify the latest security updates are installed for the operating system.
3. Runs in the 32 - bit compatibility mode.
Contact a staff system engineer for guidance on requirements and recommendations for more complex
systems.
Components
The server implements client/server architecture. The components include Configuration, Runtime,
Administration, and Event Log.
Configuration
The Configuration is the client-user interface that is used to modify the runtime project. The Configuration
can be launched by multiple users and support remote Runtime configuration.
CSVImport and Export

This server supports the import and export of tag data in a Comma Separated Variable (CSV) file. When
using CSV import and export, tags are created quickly in the desired application.
For more information, refer to CSVImport and Export.
Runtime
www. kepware.com
15 KEPServerEX V6
The Runtime is the server component that starts as a service by default. Clients can connect to the runtime
remotely or locally.
Administration
The Administration is used to view and/or modify settings and launch applications that pertain to user
management and the server. By default, the Administration is started and sent to the System Tray when a
user account logs onto the operating system.
Project
The Project file contains the channel, device, and tag definitions as well as preferences and other saved
settings.
For more information, refer to Designing a Project.
Event Log
The Event Log service collects information, warning, error, and security events. These events are sent to the
Configuration's Event Log window for viewing.
For more information, refer to What is the Event Log?
See Also: Basic Server Components
Process Modes
The Runtime process mode can be changed while the server is running; however, doing so while a client is
connected interrupts the connection for a short period. The modes of operation are System Service and
Interactive.
System Service
By default, the server is installed and runs as a service. When System Service is selected, the Runtime does
not require user intervention and starts when the operating system opens. This provides user independent
access to the server by the clients.
Interactive
When Interactive is selected, the Runtime remains stopped until a client attempts to connect to it. Once
started, it runs until all clients have disconnected and then shuts down. The Runtime also shuts down if the
user account logs off the operation system.
Note: The Runtime process mode may be changed to meet client applications' needs through the
Administration settings dialogs.
System Service is required for the following conditions:
l When iFIX is required to run on an operating system while UAC is enabled.
Interactive is required for the following conditions:
l When a communication interface (such as DDE) must exchange information with the user desktop
and the server is installed on Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, or later operating systems.
See Also:
Settings - Runtime Process
How To... Allow Desktop Interactions
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 16
Interfaces and Connectivity

This communications server simultaneously supports the client/server technologies listed below. Client
applications can use any of these technologies to access data from the server at the same time. For more
information on a specific interface, select a link from the list below.
OPC DA
OPC AE
OPC UA
OPC .NET
DDE
FastDDE/SuiteLink
iFIX Native Interfaces
Thin-Client Terminal Server
ThingWorx Native Interface
OPC DA
Supported Versions
1.0a
2.05a
3.0
Overview
"OPC" stands for Open Productivity and Connectivity in industrial automation and the enterprise systems
that support industry. It is a client/server technology where one application acts as the server (providing
data) and another acts as a client (using data).
OPC is composed of a series of standards specifications: OPC Data Access (DA) is the most prolific standard.
OPC DA is a widely accepted industrial communication standard that enables data exchange between multi-
vendor devices and control applications without proprietary restrictions. An OPC server can communicate
data continuously among PLCs on the shop floor, RTUs in the field, HMI stations, and software applications
on desktop PCs. OPC compliance makes continuous real-time communication possible (even when the
hardware and software are from different vendors).
OPC Data Access 1.0a was the original specification developed by the OPC Foundation in 1996. Although it
continues to be supported by many of the OPC client applications in use today, OPC Data Access 2.0
www. kepware.com
17 KEPServerEX V6
Enhanced OPC better utilizes the underlying Microsoft COM technology. OPC Data Access 3.0 is the latest
version of the OPC DA interface.
See Also: Project Properties - OPCDASettings, Project Properties - OPCDACompliance
OPC AE
Supported Versions
1.0
1.10
Overview
OPC Alarms & Events (AE) is a specification developed by the OPC Foundation to standardize the way that
alarm and event information is shared among systems. Using the standard, AE clients can receive alarms
and event notices for equipment safety limits, system errors, and other abnormal situations.
Simple Events
Simple Events include the server events displayed in the Event Log (such as information, warning, error, and
security events). The server supports the following filtering options for Simple Events for AE clients:
l Event Type: Simple.

l Event Category: Filter by server-defined categories. Each event is assigned to one category.
Descriptions of the categories are as follows:
l Runtime Error Events: Simple events that are shown as errors in the Event Log.
l Runtime Warning Events: Simple events that are shown as warnings in the Event Log.
l Runtime Information Events: Simple events that are shown as informational in the Event
Log.
Condition Events
Condition Events are created by server conditions, which are currently only configurable through the use of
the Alarms & Events plug-in. The server supports the following filtering options for Condition Events for AE
clients:
1. Event: Condition.
2. Category: Filter by server-defined categories. Each event is assigned to one category. Descriptions of
the categories are as follows:
l LevelAlarms: Events that are generated by process level conditions. For example, tank
level > 10.
l Deviation Alarms: Events that are generated by deviation conditions. For example, tank
level 10.
l Rate of Change Alarms: Events that are generated by rate of change conditions.
3. Severity: Filter by severity level. Levels range from 0 to 1000; 1000 is the most severe. Each event is
assigned a severity.
4. Area: Filter by a process area to get alarms and events from only that area. An area is used to
organize alarm and event information.
5. Source: Filter by source to get events from only that source. A source is an Alarms & Events area that
was created by a source (such as a server tag) that belongs to an area.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 18
Note: The Alarms & Events Plug-In allows conditions to be configured through server tags. For example,
a Temperature tag can be configured through the Alarms &Events Plug-In to generate an event when the
maximum value is reached. For more information on the Alarms &Events Plug-In, contact an OPCvendor.
See Also:Project Properties - OPCAE
Optional Interfaces
The AE server interface does not support the following optional interfaces:
l IOPCEventServer::QueryEventAttributes: This interface manages event attributes, which are not

supported by the server. Attributes allow custom information to be added to an event (such as
special messages or server tag values). This also applies to the
IOPCEventSubscriptionMgt::SelectReturnedAttributes interface and the
IOPCEventSubscriptionMgt::GetReturnedAttributes interface.
l IOPCEventServer::TranslateToItemIDs: This interface allows AE clients to get the OPCDA item
related to the event. This is because in some cases, events are related to the value of a server tag.
l IOPCEventServer2: This interface allows clients to enable/disable areas and sources. This interface
is not supported by the server, because it would allow one client to enable/disable an area or source
for all clients.
Note: The AE server interface does not support tracking events.
OPC UA
Supported Version
1.01 optimized binary TCP
Overview
OPC Unified Architecture (UA) is an open standard created by the OPC Foundation with help from dozens of
member organizations. It provides an additional way to share factory floor data to business systems (from
shop-floor to top-floor). UA also offers a secure method for remote client-to-server connectivity without
depending on Microsoft DCOM. It has the ability to connect securely through firewalls and over VPN
connections. This implementation of the UA server supports optimized binary TCP and the DA data model.
Note: Currently, neither UA via HTTP/SOAP web services nor for complex data is supported. For more
information, refer to the OPC UA Configuration Manager help file.
OPC UA Profiles
OPC UA is a multi-part specification that defines a number of services and information models referred to as
features. Features are grouped into profiles, which are then used to describe the functionality supported by
a UA server or client. For a full list and a description of each OPC UA profile, refer to
http://www.opcfoundation.org/profilereporting/index.htm.
Fully Supported OPCUAProfiles

l Standard UA Server Profile
l Core Server Facet
l Data Access Server Facet
l SecurityPolicy - Basic128Rsa15
l SecurityPolicy - Basic256
www. kepware.com
19 KEPServerEX V6
l SecurityPolicy - None
l UA-TCP UA-SC UA Binary
Partially Supported OPC UA Profiles

l Base Server Behavior Facet
Note: This profile does not support the Security Administrator XML Schema.
See Also: Project Properties - OPCUA
OPC .NET
Supported Version
1.20.2
Overview
OPC .NET is a family of APIs provided by the OPC Foundation that leverage Microsoft's .NET technology and
allow .NET clients to connect to the server. This server supports OPC .NET 3.0 WCF, formally known as OPC
Xi. Unlike other OPC .NET APIs, OPC .NET 3.0 uses Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) for
connectivity, avoiding DCOM issues and providing the following benefits:
l Secure communication via multiple communications bindings (such as Named Pipe, TCP, Basic HTTP,
and Ws HTTP).
l Consolidation of OPCClassic Interfaces.
l Simple development, configuration, and deployment of Windows environment.
The server adds OPC .NET 3.0 support using a customized version of the OPC .NET 3.0 WCF Wrapper
supplied by the OPC Foundation. The wrapper runs as a system service called "xi_server_runtime.exe". It
wraps the existing server's OPC AE and DA interfaces, providing WCF clients access to the server's tag and
alarm data. It does not support Historical Data Access (HDA).
Note: The OPC .NET service is only started when the server starts and the interface is enabled. Unlike
OPC DA, clients cannot launch the server. For more information on configuration, refer to Project
Properties OPC .NET.
Requirements
To install and use OPC .NET 3.0, Microsoft .NET 3.5 must be present on the machine before server
installation.
DDE
Supported Formats
CF_Text
XL_Table
Advanced DDE
Overview
Although this server is first and foremost an OPC server, there are still a number of applications that require
Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) to share data. As such, the server provides access to DDE applications that
support one of the following DDE formats: CF_Text, XL_Table, and Advanced DDE. CF_Text and XL_Table are
standard DDE formats developed by Microsoft for use with all DDE aware applications. Advanced DDE is a
high performance format supported by a number of client applications specific to the industrial market.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 20
CF_Text and XL_Table

The DDE format CF_Text is the standard DDE format as defined by Microsoft. All DDE aware applications
support the CF_Text format. XL_Table is the standard DDE format as defined by Microsoft that is used by
Excel. For more information on DDE, refer to How To... Use DDE with the Server.
Advanced DDE
Advanced DDE is the DDE format defined by Rockwell Automation. Today, all Rockwell client applications are
Advanced DDE aware. Advanced DDE is a variation on the normal CF_Text format, which allows larger
amounts of data to transfer between applications at higher rates of speed (and with better error handling).
Requirements
For the DDE interface to connect with the server, the Runtime must be allowed to interact with the desktop.
For more information, refer to How To... Allow Desktop Interactions.
See Also:Project Properties - DDE
FastDDE/SuiteLink
Overview
FastDDE is a DDE format defined by Wonderware Corporation. It allows larger amounts of data to transfer
between applications at higher speed (and with better error handling) than generic DDE. SuiteLink is a
client/server communication method that has succeeded FastDDE. It is TCP/IP based and has improved
bandwidth and speed. Both FastDDE and SuiteLink are supported by all Wonderware client applications.
Note: The Wonderware connectivity toolkit is used to simultaneously provide OPC and FastDDE/SuiteLink
connectivity while allowing for quick access to device data without the use of intermediary bridging software.
For security reasons, it is recommended that users utilize the most recent Wonderware DAServer
Runtime Components. For more information and available downloads, refer to the Invensys Global Technical
Support WDN website.
Requirements
For the FastDDE interface to connect with the server, the Runtime must be allowed to interact with the
desktop. For more information, refer to How To... Allow Desktop Interactions.
See Also: Project Properties - FastDDE/SuiteLink
iFIX Native Interfaces

Overview
The iFIX native interface simplifies the connection task by allowing a direct connection to the local iFIX
application without the use of the iFIX OPC Power Tool. When supported, this interface also has the ability to
refine the connection between the server and the iFIX Process Database (PDB).
See Also: Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings

Overview
ThingWorx is a connectivity platform that allows users to create useful and actionable intelligence based on
their device data. The KEPServerEX ThingWorx Native Interface allows a user to setup KEPServerEX to
provide data to the ThingWorx Platform with little additional configuration using the ThingWorx Always On
www. kepware.com
21 KEPServerEX V6
technology. The RemoteKEPServerEXThing extension should be imported on a ThingWorx instance. This

imports the proper ThingShapes and service definitions to work with this native interface.
As noted in the ThingWorx documentation, configuration of a ThingWorx Application Key is crucial to

providing a secured environment. The Application Key that is used should be provided the appropriate
privileges to allow the proper exchange of data between the KEPServerEX instance and the ThingWorx
Platform.
See Also: Project Properties ThingWorx Native Interface
Thin-Client Terminal Server

Overview
Windows Remote Desktop, which was formerly called Terminal Services, is a Microsoft Windows component
that allows users to access data and applications on a remote computer over a network. It also enables
communications servers to be configured via remote client machines.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 22

The Administration Menu is a tool that is used to view and/or modify user management settings and launch
server applications. To access the Administration Menu, right-click on the Administration icon located in the
System Tray. The menu should appear as shown below.
Configuration: This option launches the OPC server's configuration.
Start Runtime Service: This option starts the server Runtime process and loads the default Runtime
project.
Stop Runtime Service: This option disconnects all clients and saves the default Runtime project before
stopping the server Runtime process.
Reinitialize: This option disconnects all clients and resets the Runtime server. It automatically saves and
reloads the default Runtime project without stopping the server Runtime process.
Reset Event Log: This option resets the Event Log. The date, time, and source of the reset are added to the
Event Log in the configuration window.
Settings...: This option launches the Settings group. For more information, refer to Settings.
OPC UA Configuration: This option launches the OPC UA Configuration Manager, if available.
OPC .NET Configuration: This option launches the OPC.NET Configuration Manager.
Quick Client: This option launches the Quick Client.
License Utility: This option launches the server's license utility.
Help: This option launches the server's help documentation.
www. kepware.com
23 KEPServerEX V6
Support Information: This option launches a dialog that contains basic summary information on both the
server and the drivers currently installed for its use. For more information, refer to Server Summary
Information.
Exit: This option closes the Administration and removes it from the System Tray. To view it again, select it
from the Windows Start menu.
Settings
To access the Settings groups, right-click on the Administration icon located in the System Tray. Select
Settings. For more information, select a link from the list below.
Settings - Administration
Settings - Configuration
Settings - Runtime Options
Settings - Event Log
Settings - ProgID Redirect
Settings - User Manager
Settings - Configuration API Service
Security Policies - A plug-in is available for user permissions and access control. Consult the product help
system.
Local Historian - A plug-in is available for data storage and access. Consult the product help system.
IoT Gateway - A plug-in is available for Industrial Internet of Things integration. Consult the product help
system.
Settings - Administration
The Administration group is used to configure the Runtime Administration's actions.
Automatically start Administration: When enabled, this property enables the Administration to start
automatically. The Administration is a System Tray application that allows quick links to various server tools
including the Settings Console, Configuration, Licensing Utility, User Manager Console and controls for
stopping and starting the Runtime service.
Product Language Selection: Select English, German, or Japanese for the user interface language.
Tip: The language settings defaults to the language of the install, which defaults to the language setting in
the operating system, if possible.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 24
Settings - Configuration
The Configuration group is used to configure how the Configuration both connects to and interacts with the
Runtime.
Connection
Communicate using port: This property is the TCP/IP port to be used to communicate between the
Configuration and the Runtime. To obtain the default setting, click Default.
Allow runtime to accept remote connections: When enabled, the runtime accepts remote connections.
The default setting is disabled.
Session Management
Max Concurrent Configuration Connections: Specify the number of Configuration connections that can
be made to the Runtime at one time. The range is 1 to 64. The default is 10.
Idle Session Timeout: Set the length of time the console connection can be inactive before it is shut down.
The range is 10 to 3600 seconds. The default is 60 seconds.
www. kepware.com
25 KEPServerEX V6

The Runtime Process group is used to specify the server Runtime's process mode, as well as how it utilizes
the PC's resources.
Selected Mode: This property is used to specify whether the server is running as System Service or
Interactive. By default, the server installs and runs as System Service. Changing this setting causes all
clients, both Configuration and process, to be disconnected and the server to be stopped and restarted. It
also restores user-configured DCOM settings to default.
High Priority: This property is used set the server process priority to high. The default setting is normal.
When enabled, this setting allows the server to have priority access to resources.
Note: Microsoft recommends against setting applications to a high priority as it can adversely affect
other applications running on the same system.
Processor Affinity: This property is used to specify on which CPUs the server can be executed when it is run
on PCs containing more than one.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 26
Settings - Runtime Options

The Runtime Options group is used to change settings in the project being executed in the Runtime.
Use DCOM configuration settings: Enable to use authentication and security from the DCOM
Configuration.
Configure... Click to launch the DCOM Configuration Utility to specify the level of security and restrict access
for certain users and/or applications.
When this setting is disabled, the server overrides the DCOM settings set for the application and does not
perform any authentication on the calls received from client applications. It impersonates the security of the
client when performing any actions on behalf of the client application. Disabling this setting provides the
lowest level of security and is not recommended. If this setting is chosen, ensure that the client and server
applications are running in a secure environment so that the application is not compromised.
Backup the Runtime project prior to replacement: This property enables the Runtime project to be
backed up before it is overwritten. The backup location is displayed in the Event Log. This option is enabled
by default.
Note:The Runtime project is overwritten if either New or Open is selected while connected to the
Runtime. In addition, connecting to the Runtime while working offline with a project may result in Runtime
project replacement.
Keep the most recent: This property limits the number of backup files to be saved to disk. The range is 1 to
1000. The default is 10.
Clean up now...: This property invokes a confirmation dialog that allows users to delete all the Runtime
project backups. Doing so does not affect the current running project.
Tip:It is a best practice to save a copy of the project file on a regular basis for disaster recovery purposes.
The default directories for these backups are:
For 64-bit OS versions, backup project files are saved in:

C:\ProgramData\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6\Project Backups
For 32-bit OS versions, backup project files are saved in:
www. kepware.com
27 KEPServerEX V6
C:\ProgramData(x86)\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6\Project Backups
Tip:If the file has been saved to an alternate location, search for *.opf to locate available project files.
Settings - Event Log

The Event Log group is used to define the communication and persistence settings for the Event Log, OPC
Diagnostics Log, and Communications Diagnostics Log.
The settings for each individual log type are independent of the settings for the other log types.
Connection
Port: Specify the TCP/IP port to be used to communicate between the Log and the Runtime. The valid range
is 49152 to 65535. To restore the default port setting, enter a blank value.
Log Settings
Persistence Mode: This property specifies the log's persistence mode. Options include Memory, Single File,
and Extended Datastore. The default setting for the Event Log Setting is Single File. The default setting for
both OPCDiagnostics Log Settings and Communications Diagnostics Log Settings is Memory (no
persistence). Descriptions of the options are as follows:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 28
l Memory (no persistence): When selected, this mode records all events in memory and does not
generate a disk log. A specified number of records are retained before the oldest records start
being deleted. The contents are removed each time the server is started.
l Single File: When selected, this mode generates a single disk-based log file. A specified number of
records are retained before the oldest records start being deleted. The contents are restored from
this file on disk when the server is started.
l Extended Data Store: When selected, this mode persists a potentially large number of records to
disk in a data store distributed across many files. The records are retained for a specified number
of days before being removed from the disk. The contents are restored from the distributed file
store on disk when the server is started.
Max. records: Specify the number of records that the log system retains before the oldest records start
being deleted. It is only available when the Persistence Mode is set to Memory or Single File. The valid range
is 100 to 100,000 records. The default setting is 25,000 records.
Note:The log is truncated if this property is set to a value less than the current size of the log.
Log file path: Specify where the disk log is stored. It is only available when the Persistence Mode is set to
Single File or Extended Datastore.
Note:Attempts to persist diagnostics data using a mapped path may fail because the Event Log service
is running in the context of the SYSTEM account and does not have access to a mapped drive on the local
host. Users that utilize a mapped path do so at their own discretion. It is recommended that the Uniform
Naming Convention (UNC)path be used instead.
Max. single file size: Specify the size that a single datastore file must attain before a new datastore file can
be started. It is only available when the Persistence Mode is set to Extended Datastore. The valid range is
100 to 10000 KB. The default setting is 1000 KB.
Min. days to preserve: Specify that individual datastore files are deleted from disk when the most recent
record stored in the file is at least this number of days old. It is only available when the Persistence Mode is
set to Extended Datastore. The valid range is 1 to 90 days. The default setting is 30 days.
See Also:Built-In Diagnostics
When saving to file, monitor the Windows Event Viewer for errors relating to the persistence of data to
disk.
Restoring Persisted Datastores from Disk

The Event Log restores records from disk either at start up or when the following occurs:
1. The Persistence Mode is set to Single File or Extended Datastore.
Note: When Single File persistence is selected, the server loads all persisted records from disk
before making any records available to clients.
2. The log file path is set to a directory that contains valid persisted log data.
Extended Datastore Persistence

The Extended Datastore Persistence Mode has the potential to load a very large number of records from
disk. To remain responsive, the log services client requests for records while records are loaded from disk.
As the record store is loaded, clients are provided with all records in the log regardless of filtering. Once all
the records have been loaded, the server applies filters and sorts the records chronologically. The client
views are updated automatically.
www. kepware.com
29 KEPServerEX V6
Note: Loading large record stores may cause the log server to be less responsive than usual. It regains
full responsiveness once the loading and processing completes. Resource usage is higher than usual during
loading and settles on completion.
Disk Full Behavior

The Extended Datastore Persistence Mode has the potential to fill a storage medium quickly, especially
when persisting OPC Diagnostics. If a disk error is encountered while persisting records, an error posts to
the Windows Event Viewer.
See Also: OPC Diagnostics Viewer
The Event Log system would be useless if there was no mechanism to protect its contents. If operators
could change these properties or reset the log, the purpose would be lost. Utilize the User Manager to limit
what functions an operator can access.
Settings - ProgID Redirect

Many OPC client applications connect to an OPC server through the OPC server's ProgID. Users who need to
migrate or upgrade to a new OPCserver often prefer to do so without changing their tag database(which
can contain thousands of tags that link to the OPC server ProgID). This server offers ProgID redirection to
assist users in these transitions.
The ProgIDRedirect feature allows users to enter the legacy server's ProgID. The server creates the
necessary Windows Registry entries to allow a client application to connect to the server using the legacy
server's ProgID.
Add: This button is used to add a ProgID to the redirection list. When clicked, it invokes the "Add New
ProgID" dialog. For more information, refer to "Adding a New ProgID" below.
Remove: This button is used to remove a selected ProgID from the redirection list.
Note: A redirected ProgID cannot be browsed by OPC client applications that use the OpcEnum service
to locate OPC servers. In most cases, users can enter the redirected ProgID into the client application
manually.
Adding a New ProgID
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 30
For more information, refer to the instructions below.
1. In the ProgIDRedirect group, click Add.
2. In ProgID, enter the ProgID of the legacy server.
3. Once complete, click OK.
The client application should not be running while the legacy server's ProgID is being added to the
redirection list. Failure to observe this warning may result in the client application not respecting the newly
redirected ProgID.
Settings - User Manager

The User Manager controls client access to the project's objects (which are the channels, devices, and tags)
and their corresponding functions. It allows permissions to be specified according to user groups. For
example, it can restrict the data client's access to project tag data based on its user group membership and
on the permissions applied to that user group. The User Manager can also transfer user information
between server installations through its import / export function.
The User Manager has three built-in groups that each contain a built-in user. The default groups are
Administrators, Server Users, and Anonymous Clients. The default users are Administrator, Default User,
and Data Client. Users cannot rename or change the description fields. Neither the default groups nor the
default users can be disabled.
Note: Although the Administrator's settings cannot be changed, additional administrative users can be
added.
Descriptions of the icons are as follows:
www. kepware.com
31 KEPServerEX V6
l New Group: When clicked, this button adds a new user group. For more information, refer to User
Group Properties.
l New User:When clicked, this button adds a new user to the selected user group. This function is
disabled for anonymous clients. For more information, refer to User Properties.
l Edit PropertiesWhen clicked, this button allows users to edit the properties of the selected user or
user group.
l Disable Selected User / Group: When clicked, this button disables the selected user or user group.
This function is only available to custom users and user groups. Disabling a user group disables all
users within it.
Note:Disabling a user or user group invokes the Show disabled: option. If enabled, this option
makes any disabled users and user groups visible in the user group and user list.
l Restore Selected User / group: When clicked, this button restores the selected user or user group.
Restoring a user group returns the users within it to the state they were in prior to disabling. This icon
is only available once a user or user group has been disabled.
Note:If all disabled users and user groups are restored, the Show disabled option is not
displayed.
l Import User Information: When clicked, this button imports user information from an XML file. For
the import to succeed, the file that is selected must have been exported from the server's
Administration utility. This function is only enabled when the built-in Administrator is logged in.
l Export User Information:When clicked, this button exports user information to an XML file. This is
useful for users that need to move the project from one machine to another. Administrators also
have the option to password protect the XML file: if utilized, the correct password must be entered for
the import to succeed on the new machine. The XML file cannot be edited and re-imported. This
function is enabled at all times.
The Import/Export User Information features were released in server version 5.12. Any user
passwords that were set while using previous server versions must be changed in 5.12 before an
export is attempted; otherwise, the export fails.
Note: Although custom users and user groups cannot be deleted once they have been created, the
Import User Information option replaces existing users and user groups with those being imported (except
for the Administrator built-in user).
For the sake of project preservation, it is recommended that users export a copy of the user information
once it is complete. A project cannot load without correct user information.
Accessing Additional Settings

Shortcuts and additional settings may be accessed through the context menus for user groups and users.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 32
Description of the new user option is as follows:
l Move User To: This option moves the user to a different user group. The status of the group does not
matter: both disabled and enabled groups appear in the list. An active user moved to a disabled
group becomes disabled as well. A disabled user moved to an enabled group persists in status until
changed.
User Group Properties

The user group properties may also be accessed by right-clicking on a user group and selecting Properties.
To quickly allow or deny all options in a category, right-click on the category and select Allow All or Deny
All. A setting that displays bold text indicates that its value has been changed. Once the change is saved, the
text displays as normal.
www. kepware.com
33 KEPServerEX V6
Descriptions of the properties are as follows:
l Name This property specifies the name of the new user group. The maximum number of characters
allowed is 31. Duplicate names are not allowed.
l Description: This optional property provides a brief description of the user group. This can be
particularly helpful for operators creating new user accounts. The maximum number of characters
allowed is 128.
l Permissions assigned to this user group: This field assigns permissions for the selected user
group. Permissions are organized into the following categories: Project Modification, Server
Permissions, I/O Tag Access, System Tag Access, Internal Tag Access, and Browse Project
Namespace. More information on the categories is as follows:
l Project Modification: This category specifies permissions that control default project
modifications.
l Server Permissions: This category specifies permissions that control access to server
functionality. These permissions are not supported by the anonymous client.
l I/O Tag Access: This category specifies permissions that control access to device-level I/O
tag data. These tags require device communications, and are described as Static tags in the
server.
l System Tag Access: This category specifies permissions that control access to System tags.
These tags begin with an underscore and exist in a server-defined location. For more
information, refer to System Tags.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 34
l Internal Tag Access: This category specifies permissions that control access to internal
tags. These tags are either driver-managed (controlling some aspect of the driver's
operation) or user-specified (at a plug-in level).
l Browse Project Namespace: This category specifies permissions that control browse
access to the project namespace in clients that support browsing. This is only supported by a
few client types at this time.
Note: To view more information on a specific object in a category, select it.
Note:Users upgrading to the newest server version find that the Dynamic Addressing permissions are
assigned the default value Allow. Users with new installations are allowed to select the default value during
installation.
User Properties
The user properties may be accessed by double-clicking on the user or right-clicking on the user and
selecting Properties....
Old Password: This field holds the password that has been active for this user.
Password: Enter a new or updated password this user must enter to log into the system. It is case-sensitive
with a maximum of 127 characters allowed.
Confirm Password: Re-enter the same password. It must be entered exactly the same in both the New
Password and Confirm Password fields.
www. kepware.com
35 KEPServerEX V6
Navigating the User Interface

The Configuration provides the general means of interacting with the server. While various plug-ins and
drivers add buttons, menus, and icons; the standard interface elements are described below.
Menu Bar
File Includes the project-level commands; such as Save, Open, Import, and Export.
Edit Includes action commands; such as Copy, Paste, and New Channel.
Includes the display commands; such as which elements of the user interface are visible or
View
hidden and the type of tree organization to display.
Includes the configuration commands; such as general options, connection settings, and Event
Tools
Log Filters.
Runtime Includes server connectivity commands; such as Connect..., Disconnect, and Reinitialize.
Help Includes commands to access the product documentation, by server, driver, or plug-in.
Button Bar
The standard buttons are described below. Plug-ins and drivers add, remove, enable, and disable buttons
based on available functionality for the active items and view.
New Project: Initiates creation of a new project file to replace the active project. The project file
defines the devices connected, their settings, and how they are grouped.
Open Project: Allows the user to browse for an existing project file to load, replacing the active
project.
Save Project: Implements any recent changes and writes the active project file to disk.
Save As: Writes the active project with changes, such as to a new location or file name.
New Channel: Runs the integrated client interface.
New Device: Runs the integrated client interface.
New TagGroup: Runs the integrated client interface.
New Tag: Runs the integrated client interface.
Bulk Tag Creation: Runs the integrated client interface.
Duplicate Tag: Runs the integrated client interface.
Properties: Runs the integrated client interface.
Undo: Runs the integrated client interface.
Cut: Runs the integrated client interface.
Copy: Runs the integrated client interface.
Paste: Runs the integrated client interface.
Delete: Runs the integrated client interface.
Quick Client: Runs the integrated client interface.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 36
Project Tree View

This view displays the current project contents, organization, and settings in a hierarchy view. The Project
Tree View is designed as unified location for all aspect of the project. Nodes expand to allow detailed drill-
down to the device, tag group, or tag level. Features and Plug-ins appear as nodes in the tree view to
facilitate configuration work in one location. The major nodes of the tree are:
Project - where global settings for the active project are stored or updated.
Connectivity - where channels and devices are organized, right-click actions are available, and properties
can be access for display in the Detail pane.
Aliases - where mappings to system resources, legacy paths, and complex routings can be given shorter,
more user-friendly, or SCADAcompatible names and shortcuts.
Advanced Tags - where operations or analysis can be built into tag processing and stored. This is a
separate product Plug-in.
Alarms &Events - where system monitoring can be defined and managed. This is a separate product Plug-
in.
DataLogger - where data can be organized and stored in an ODBC-compliant database. This is a separate
product Plug-in.
www. kepware.com
37 KEPServerEX V6
EFMExporter - where flow and trend data can be captured and coordinated. This is a separate product
Plug-in.
IDF for Splunk - where data feeds into data management and data mining can be configured. This is a
IoT Gateway - where connections to enterprise systems, monitoring, and analytics are managed. This is a
Local Historian - where data collection, logging, storage, and retention is defined. This is a separate
product Plug-in.
Scheduler - where data collection, publication, and bandwidth management can be coordinated. This is a
SNMP Agent - where communication bridges into Information technology and SNMPprotocols can be
created. This is a separate product Plug-in.
In very large projects or if some features are used more than others, the tree can be customized through
filtering. Hide or show tree nodes under the View menu.
The Project Tree provides a variety of appropriate options through a right-click menu. For example, devices
and channels can be copied and pasted to start a new configuration based on existing choices and settings.
The name is duplicated and a numbered added (that increments if many are pasted) to keep names unique.
For drivers that support additional features, those are available on the right-click menu as well. Device
Discovery, for example, searches the reachable network for compatible devices and adds them
automatically.
Detail View
This view displays one of several configuration selection options for the active project. Its information is
related to the current Project Tree View.
Note: When selecting a Project Tree View, the Detail View columns persist until a channel or device is
chosen. At that time, the columns revert to displaying the device or tag information.
Event Log
This view, in the bottom pane, displays four types of recorded messages: General Information, Security
Alerts, Warnings, and Errors from the server, drivers, or plug-ins. By default, log entries include the date,
time, source, and event description. For more information, see Event Log Options.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 38
Project Properties
To access the Project Properties groups from the configuration, click File | Project Properties. For more
information, select a link from the list below.
Project Properties - Identification

Project Properties - OPC DA Settings
Project Properties - OPC DA Compliance
Project Properties - DDE
Project Properties - FastDDE/SuiteLink
Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings
Project Properties - OPC UA
Project Properties - OPC AE
Project Properties - OPC .NET
Project Properties - Identification

The Project Properties - Identification dialog is used to attach a title and comment to a project for reference.
Although the Title field supports a string of up 64 characters, the Comments field has no practical limit.
Limiting the comment to the area available within the comment box, however, improves project load time.
Project Properties - OPC DA Settings

This server supports the OPC Foundation's Data Access Specifications for 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 simultaneously.
While this provides the utmost level of compatibility, there may be times when forcing the server to use one
method over another is necessary. The OPC DA Settings group is used to make these selections.
www. kepware.com
39 KEPServerEX V6
Settings
Enable OPC 1.0 data access interfaces: Enable to allow the server to accept OPC client connections from
OPC clients that support the 1.0 specification. The default setting is enabled.
Include hints when a client browses the server: Enable to allow OPC client applications to browse the
address formatting Hints available for each communications driver. The Hints provide a quick reference on
how a particular device's data can be addressed. This can be useful when entering dynamic tags from the
OPC client. The hint items are not valid OPC tags. Some OPC client applications may try to add the Hint tags
to their tag database. When this occurs, the client receives an error from the server. This is not a problem
for most clients, although it can cause others to stop adding tags automatically or report errors. Prevent this
by disabling Hints. The default setting is disabled.
Include tag properties when a client browses the server: Enable to allow OPC client applications to
browse the tag properties available for each tag in the address space. The default setting is disabled.
Enable diagnostics capture: Enable to allow OPC diagnostics data to be logged to the Event Log service for
storage (typically used for troubleshooting). The default setting is disabled.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 40
Timing
Shutdown Wait Period: This property specifies how long the server waits for an OPC client to return from
the server shutdown event. If the client application does not return within the timeout period, the server
completes shutdown and exit. The valid range is 10 to 60 seconds. The default setting is 15 seconds.
Synchronous Request Timeout: This property specifies how long the server waits for a synchronous read
operation to complete. If a synchronous operation is in progress and the timeout is exceeded, the server
forces the operation to complete with a failure to the client. This prevents clients from locking up when using
synchronous operations. The valid range is 5 to 60 seconds. The default setting is 15 seconds.
Note: Synchronous writes do not use this property setting; only reads / requests utilize this property.
Restore Defaults: When pressed, this button restores the settings described above to the default values.
For more information on the OPC Data Access 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 Custom Specifications, refer to the OPC
Foundation website www.opcfoundation.org.
Project Properties - OPC DA Compliance

This server has been designed to provide the highest level of compatibility with the OPC Foundation's
specifications. In testing, however, it has been found that being fully-compatible with the specification and
working with all OPC client applications is a different matter. The OPC DA Compliance dialog allows users to
customize operation of the server to better meet the needs of rare OPC clients. These options seldom need
to be adjusted for the majority of OPC client applications.
www. kepware.com
41 KEPServerEX V6
Comply with OPC-DA 3.0 specification: This option acts as the master switch for the options present in
the list box. When enabled, the server sets all options to conform to OPC-DA 3.0 compliance. The default
setting is disabled.
Reject unsupported Language IDs: When enabled, this option only allows Language IDs that are
natively supported by the server. If the OPC client application attempts to add an OPC group to the
server and receives a general failure, it is possible the client has given the server a Language ID that is
not natively supported. If this occurs, the server rejects the group addition. To resolve this particular
issue, disable the compliant feature to force the server to accept any Language ID.
Ignore deadband when returning data for cache reads: When enabled, this option allows the server
to ignore the deadband setting on OPC groups added to the server. For some OPC clients, passing the
correct value for deadband causes problems that may result in the OPC client (such as, having good data
even though it does not appear to be updating frequently or at all). This condition is rare. As such, the
selection should normally be left in its default disabled state.
Return all browse items regardless of read-write filter: When enabled, this option causes the server
to return all tags to an OPC client application when a browse request is made, regardless of the access
filter applied to the OPC clients tag browser.
Data type support for 2.05a: When enabled, this option causes the server to adhere to the data type
requirements and expected behaviors for data type coercion that were added to the 2.05a specification.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 42
Return synchronous device read failure if one or more items would result in bad quality: When
enabled, this option causes the server to return a failure if one or more items for a synchronous device
read results in a bad quality read. Compliance requires the server to return success, indicating that the
server could complete the request even though the data for one or more items may include a bad and/or
uncertain quality.
Return initial updates for items in a single callback: When enabled, this option causes the server to
return all outstanding initial item updates in a single callback. When not selected, the server returns
initial updates as they are available (which can result in multiple callbacks).
Enabling this may result in loss of buffered data when using drivers that support data buffering (Event
Playback) for unsolicited device protocols. The compliance setting should be disabled if loss of buffered
data is a concern.
Respect Language ID set by client when performing data type conversions: When enabled, this
option determines whether the server uses the Locale ID of the running Windows Operating System or
the Locale ID set by the OPC client when performing data type conversions. For example, a string
representing a floating point number such as 1,200 would be converted to One Thousand - Twelve
Hundred if converted using English metrics, but would be One and Two-Tenths if converted using
German metrics. If German software is running on an English OS, users need to determine how the
comma is handled. This setting allows for such flexibility. By default, and due to historical
implementation, the server respects the Locale ID of the operating system.
Data change callback is passed item-level error=S_FALSE for items with bad quality: When
enabled, this option causes the server to return S_FALSE in the item error array for items without good
quality. This setting defaults to True for existing projects that are set to full compliance and False for
those that are not. When set to False, the legacy behavior of returning E_FAIL (0x80004005) occurs.
Ignore group update rate, return data as soon as it becomes available: When enabled, this option
controls how all groups update their client. When enabled, an active item that experiences a change in
value or quality triggers a client update. The group update rate specified by the client is used to set the
client requested scan rate for the items added to that group. The default setting is disabled.

While the server is first and foremost an OPC server, some applications require Dynamic Data Exchange
(DDE) to share data. The server provides access to DDE applications that support one of the following DDE
formats: CF_Text, XL_Table, and Advanced DDE. CF_Text and XL_Table are standard DDE formats
developed by Microsoft for use with all DDE aware applications. Advanced DDE is a high performance
format supported by a number of client applications specific to the industrial market.
For the DDE interface to connect with the server, the Runtime must be allowed to interact with the desktop.
For more information, refer to How To... Allow Desktop Interactions.
To access the DDE server settings through the Configuration, click File | Project Properties and locate the
DDE properties. Its properties can be used to tailor the DDE operation to fit the application's needs.
www. kepware.com
43 KEPServerEX V6
General
Enable DDE Connections to the Server: This property determines whether the DDE server portion of the
server is enabled or disabled. If DDE operation is disabled, the server does not respond to any request for
DDE data. If intending to use the server only as an OPC server, users may want to disable DDE operation.
Doing so can increase the data security and improve overall server performance. DDE is disabled by default.
See Also: How To... Use DDE with the Server
Service Name: This property allows users to change how the server appears as an application name to DDE
clients. This name is initially set to allow compatibility with the previous versions of the server. If users need
to replace an existing DDE server however, the server's service name can be changed to match the DDE
server being replaced. The service name allows a string of 1 to 32 characters to be entered.
Formats
This property allows users to configure the DDE format to provide to client applications. Options include
Advanced DDE, XLTable, and CF_Text. All three formats are enabled by default. This is particularly useful
when users experience problems connecting a DDE client application to the server: each of the DDE formats
can be disabled to isolate a specific format for testing purposes.
Note:Every DDE-aware application must support CF_Text at a minimum.
Timing
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 44
Client Update Interval: This interval setting is used to batch up DDE data so that it can be transferred to
client applications. When using a DDE format performance gains only come when large blocks of server
data can be sent in a single DDE response. To improve the ability of the server to gather a large block of
data, the update timer can be set to allow a pool of new data to accumulate before a being sent to a client
application. The valid range of the update timer is 20 to 60000 milliseconds. The default setting is 100
milliseconds.
DDE Request Timeout: This property is used to configure a timeout for the completion of DDE request. If a
DDE client request (either a read or write operation) on the server cannot be completed within the specified
timeout, an error is returned to the DDE client. The valid range is 1 to 30 seconds. The default setting is 15
seconds.
Note: The server Runtime may need to be reinitialized for changes to take effect.
Project Properties - FastDDE/Suitelink

The server's support of Wonderware Corporation's FastDDE and SuiteLink simplifies the task of connecting
the server with FactorySuite applications. The Wonderware connectivity toolkit is used to simultaneously
provide OPC and FastDDE/SuiteLink connectivity, while allowing for quick access to device data without the
use of intermediary bridging software.
For the FastDDE interface to connect with the server, the Runtime must be allowed to interact with the
desktop. For more information, refer to How To... Allow Desktop Interactions.
Note: For proper FastDDE / SuiteLink operation (and for this tab to be available in Project Properties), the
Wonderware FS2000 Common Components or the InTouch Runtime Component version 8.0 or higher must
be installed on the PC.
www. kepware.com
45 KEPServerEX V6
Enable FastDDE/SuiteLink connections to the server: This property enables or disables support of the
client/server protocols. When a Wonderware product is installed on the PC, this setting is enabled by default.
If the FastDDE/SuiteLink operation is disabled, the server does not respond to any request for FastDDE or
SuiteLink data. For better performance and security, it is recommended that this setting be disabled if the
server is only used for OPC connectivity.
Application Name: This property specifies the application's name. The default setting is "server_runtime".
Note: This name may be customized to suit specific end-user needs. For example, users that select
"Remove and Redirect" during the installation must change this setting to "servermain" for certain
FactorySuite applications to work without modification.
Client Update Interval (ms): This property specifies how often new data is sent to FastDDE/SuiteLink client
applications. The range is 20 to 32000 milliseconds. The default setting is 100 milliseconds. The timer allows
FastDDE/SuiteLink data to be batched up for transfer to client applications. When using a client/server
protocol like FastDDE or SuiteLink, performance gains only come when large blocks of server data can be
sent in a single response. To improve the ability of the server to gather a large block of data, the update
timer can be set to allow a pool of new data to accumulate before being sent to a client application.
Note: The update rate applies to how often data is sent to the client application, not how often data is
read from the device. The scan rate can be used to adjust how fast or slow the server acquires data from an
attached device. For more information, refer to Tag Properties - General.
Restore Defaults: When pressed, this button restores the settings described above to their default values.
Note: The server Runtime may have to be reinitialized for changes to take effect.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 46
Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings

The iFIX PDB Settings dialog contains properties that allow users to adjust the behavior between the
processing of the iFIX process database (PDB) tags and the server tags. To access, click File | Project
Properties.
Note: The iFIX PDB Settings dialog is only displayed in Project Properties if iFIX is installed on the
computer.
In some cases, the Process Mode must be set to System Service for the iFIX PDB interface to work with the
Runtime. For more information, refer to Process Modes.
Note:It is recommended that users keep the default values for each field. Users should also ensure that
the settings meet the application's requirements.
Enable Connectivity to iFIX PDB: Enable or disable support of the client/server protocols. If the iFIX PDB
operation is disabled, the server does not respond to any request for iFIX PDB data. For better performance
and security when the server is only being used for OPC connectivity, disable this property.
General
Enable Latched Data: Normally, the iFIX application's data links display a series of question marks (such as
"????") if a communication failure has occurred. Users may want to have a value displayed at all times,
however. By enabling latched data, the last value successfully read is preserved on the screen. The default
setting is enabled.
Note: Data latching is not supported for AR and DR blocks.
www. kepware.com
47 KEPServerEX V6
Enable Update per Poll: When enabled, the server delivers the current value, quality, and timestamp to
iFIX every time that the driver polls the device. When disabled, the server only delivers an update to iFIX
when it determines the value or the quality has changed. The default setting is disabled.
Note: This setting is dynamic, meaning that the server immediately begins to deliver updates to the iFIX
client at the device scan rate after the option is applied.
Use iFIX Startup Configuration File: Enable to create this file through iFIX to contains all items accessed
by the iFIX client. It automatically starts scanning items before iFIX requests item data. The default setting is
enabled.
See Also: Project Startup for iFIXApplications
Use Unconfirmed Updates Controls how the server updates local cache for iFIX following writes via the
NIO interface. With the default setting (disabled), the server does not update local cache until the value has
been confirmed via a read. For the majority of applications, the default setting provides the best user
experience from the standpoint of data integrity. For applications leveraging iFIX Easy Database Access
(EDA), users may wish to enable unconfirmed updates to update the local cache for iFIX immediately with
the attempted write value.
Note: From a data integrity perspective, use of unconfirmed updates can result in a false indication of
write success and inaccurate data displayed in iFIX. Another consequence of using unconfirmed updates is
that the data displayed in iFIX can flicker due to the temporary unconfirmed update (write value attempted)
followed by a confirmed update (actual value read for the item).
Timing
PDB-to Server Request Timeout(s): This property specifies the amount of time that the iFIX PDB waits for a
response from an add, remove, read, or write request before timing out. Once timed out, the request is
discarded on behalf of the server. A timeout can occur if the server is busy processing other requests or if
the server has lost communications with iFIX PDB. In the case of lost communications, the iFIX PDB
automatically re-establishes communications with the server so that successive timeouts do not occur. The
valid range is 5 to 60 seconds. The default setting is 5 seconds.
Deactivate Tags on PDB Read Inactivity: This property allows the server to automatically deactivate tags
that have not been read by iFIX for the time period specified. This reduces unnecessary polling of the
process hardware. When iFIX PDB Read Inactivity feature is enabled, the server reads its list of tags every 15
seconds and deactivates any that are idle. If iFIX has not performed a read request of a tag for the time
period specified, the tag is considered idle. Since the server checks for idle tags on a 15 second cycle, a tag
may not get set inactive at precisely this time from its last read; it could be up to 15 seconds longer
depending on when the last read occurred in the check cycle. If iFIX requests data from a tag that has been
previously deactivated, the server reactivates the tag and resumes polling the hardware. The default setting
is disabled. Once this feature is enabled, however, it becomes applied to all projects. Users may specify an
idle time of up to 6:23:59:59 (1 week). The time period can also be specified in seconds. For example, if 62 is
entered, the page shows 0:00:01:02 when accessed next.
This feature is meant to be used with Register tags only and can cause non-register tags to go off scan.
To avoid this situation when using this feature, set the inactivity timer greater than the longest scan time
configured in the iFIX database.
Format Range Default Value

[days:hours:minutes:seconds] 0:00:00:15 to 6:23:59:59 0:00:00:15 (15 seconds)
Examples
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 48
Time Format
20 seconds 0:00:00:20 or 20
1 minute 0:00:01:00 or 60
1 hour and 30 minutes 0:01:30:00 or 5400
2 days 2:00:00:00
Restore Defaults
When pressed, this button restores the settings described above to their default values.
Project Properties - ThingWorx Native Interface

Support for the ThingWorx Native Interface simplifies the task of connecting with a ThingWorx Platform,
while allowing OPC and other connectivity simultaneously.
While most of the native interfaces function in a client server configuration, the ThingWorx Native
Interface acts more like a client, as it creates an outbound connection to the ThingWorx platform. This allows
the KEPServerEX ThingWorx Native Interface to connect to a remote ThingWorx Platform using standard
ports and protocols without the need to create unusual firewall or routing rules. As long as the ThingWorx
Composer is reachable in a browser from the machine hosting KEPServerEX, then KEPServerEX should be
able to pass data to that platform through the Native interface.
www. kepware.com
49 KEPServerEX V6
Server Interface
Enabled: Select Yes for the ThingWorx Native interface to attempt connection with the information provided.
Connection Settings
Host: Specify the IP address or DNS name of the ThingWorx server.
Port: Specify the number of the TCP port used by the ThingWorx server.
Resource: Specify the URL endpoint on the ThingWorx server.
Application key: Enter or paste in the authentication string for connecting to the ThingWorx server.
Trust self-signed certificates: Select No for maximum security. Select Yes to accept self-signed certificates
during development.
Caution: Do NOT set this to Yes in a production environment as it would compromise security.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 50
Trust all certificates: Select No for maximum security. Select Yes and the TLS library does not validate the
server certificate.
Disable encryption: Indicate if connections to a non-SSL-secured ThingWorx platform are allowed.

Platform
Thing name: Enter the name of the entity (remote thing) on the ThingWorx server that represents this data
source. Use the KEPServerEX template to create the remote thing.
Server description: Enter a string to be used as an identifier for this KEPServerEX instance.
Data Rates
Scan rate: Specify the default frequency, in milliseconds, at which items are scanned. Zero sets the scan
rate for all tags to the tag-specified rate in KEPServerEX unless a specific rate is passed with the AddItems
service from the ThingWorx Platform.
Send every scan: Select Yes to update ThingWorx on every scan, rather than only when data changes.
Properties in ThingWorx must be set to a Push Type of Always Pushed, which is the default, for this setting
to be effective.
Publish floor: Specify the minimum rate at which updates are sent to the platform. Zero sends updates as
often as possible.
Logging
Enable: Select Yes to activate advanced logging of the ThingWorx native interface. This logging is sent to the
KEPServerEX Event Log. This logging may cause the event log to fill up quickly, it is recommended that the
logging remain disabled when not troubleshooting.
Level: Select the severity of logging to be sent to the Event Log. Trace includes all messages from the native
ThingWorx interface.
Verbose: Select Yes to make the error messages as detailed as possible.
See Also:Event Log, Event Log Options
Operation
Once the interface is configured with valid information and enabled, KEPServerEX establishes the connection
with the ThingWorx platform. A new "Thing" must be created on the ThingWorx platform that is identical to
the Thing Name used in the project properties. The RemoteKEPServerEXThing Thing extension must be
imported into the ThingWorx platform and used to create the new thing being integrated. Once created on
the platform, the below services may be called via the platform.
See the ThingWorx help guide for instructions on importing an extension.
www. kepware.com
51 KEPServerEX V6
Note: The RemoteKEPServerEXThing Extension may be found in the ThingWorx marketplace online or in
the following folder:
l For 64-bit Windows: C:\Program Files (x86)\Kepware\KEPServerEX 5\Utilities\KEPServerEX Extension

for the ThingWorx IoT Platform
l For 32-bit Windows: C:\Program Files\Kepware\KEPServerEX 5\Utilities\KEPServerEX Extension for the
ThingWorx IoT Platform
BrowseGroups: Returns a list of channels devices and tag groups. It can accept an input of a filter and a
path. Filters are the same as OPC filters including char lists. Paths are channel and device lists such as
Channel1.Device1.
BrowseItems: Returns a list of tags under a specific path. It can accept a filter and a path. Filters are the
same as OPC filters, including char lists. Paths are channel and device lists, such as Channel1.Device1.
AddItems: Allows a tag to be subscribed to and added as a property under the Thing. An infotable is
required to call this service. The infotable must contain the following information. ReadOnly: Boolean,
ScanRateMS (optional): integer, Description (optional): String, BaseType: ThingWorx Data type, SourceType:
KEPServer data type, Persistent: Boolean, Logged: Boolean, Source: Tag address (channel.device.tag),
Name: Local name of the tag.
Note: Per ThingWorx restrictions; spaces, special characters, and leading numbers are not allowed in the
name field. It is acceptable to include hyphens, underscores, and numbers within or at the end of the name.
RemoveItems: Removes the subscription from a tag. An infotable is required to call this service. The
infotable must contain the following information. Name: Local name of the tag. Optionally, enable
ForceRemove Boolean to unbind the tag from a property without deleting the property.
GetConfiguration: Returns an infotable containing the scan rate in milliseconds, the server description, and
the publish floor in milliseconds.
SetConfiguration: Sets the scan rate in milliseconds, the server description, and the publish floor in
milliseconds. Any values left blank retain their current setting.
Notes:
1. When using the date data type, values coming from KEPServerEX are interpreted as UTC. Allow for
the proper time zone offset.
2. Adding items to the server is synchronous and is completed quickly. Autobinding properties in the
platform can take some time and happens in the background after the items have been added. An
event is fired when the autobinding process is complete with the results of the binding processes.
3. Calling RemoveItem only removes the binding from that property. Once RemoveItem is called, re-bind
a different tag to that property, programmatically or through the Composer, or delete that property
in the Composer. These properties appear in the Composer with a blank "Remote Property Name"
until they are re-bound or deleted.
4. When adding multiple items at once. if two or more items are configured to use the same ThingWorx
name, the entire addItem call will fail. Please make sure all properties have unique names.
5. The commands in the Example may be performed via cURL or other POST/PUT/GET utility. These are
examples only; refer to the ThingWorx documentation for interacting with all of the services
available.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 52
ThingWorx Example
Any text between <- -> must be replaced with the appropriate information.
The following header should be sent with all API calls:
Headers:
Accept=application/json-compressed
Content-Type=application/json
appKey=<-AppKey->
POST or PUT commands:
AddItem
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/AddItems
Body:
{"items":{"description":"","name":"Infotable","dataShape":
{"fieldDefinitions":{"ReadOnly":{"name":"ReadOnly","aspects":
{},"description":"ReadOnly","baseType":"BOOLEAN","ordinal":0},"ScanRateMS":
{"name":"ScanRateMS","aspects":
{},"description":"ScanRateMS","baseType":"INTEGER","ordinal":0},"Description":
{"name":"Description","aspects":
{},"description":"Description","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0},"BaseType":
{"name":"BaseType","aspects":
{},"description":"BaseType","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0},"SourceType":
{"name":"SourceType","aspects":
{},"description":"SourceType","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0},"Persistent":
{"name":"Persistent","aspects":
{},"description":"Persistent","baseType":"BOOLEAN","ordinal":0},"Logged":
{"name":"Logged","aspects":
{},"description":"Logged","baseType":"BOOLEAN","ordinal":0},"Source":
{"name":"Source","aspects":
{},"description":"Source","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0},"Name":
{"name":"Name","aspects":
{},"description":"Name","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0}},"name":"KEPAddItems","descr-
iption":""},"rows":
[{"ReadOnly":<-true or false->,"ScanRateMS":<-Rate in Milliseconds-
>,"Description":"<-Optional Description->","BaseType":"<-ThingWorx DataType-
>","SourceType":"<-KEPServerEX DataType->","Persistent":<-true or false->,"Logged":<-
true or false->,"Source":"<-path to tag on KEPServerEX->","Name":"<-name in
ThingWorx->"}]}}
RemoveItem
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/RemoveItems
Body:
{"items":{"description":"","name":"Infotable","dataShape":
{"fieldDefinitions":{"Name":{"name":"Name","aspects":
{},"description":"Name","baseType":"STRING","ordinal":0}},"name":"KEPItemNames","desc-
ription":""},"rows":
[{"Name":"<-name in ThingWorx->"}]},"forceRemove":<-true or false->}
BrowseGroup
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/BrowseGroups
Body:
{"path":"<-Path->","filter":"<-Optional Filter->"}
BrowseItems
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/BrowseItems
Body:
{"filter":"<-Optional Filter->","path":"<-Path->"}
GetConfiguration
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/GetConfiguration
Body:
www. kepware.com
53 KEPServerEX V6
{}
SetConfiguration
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Services/SetConfiguration
Body:
{"ScanRateMS":<-Rate in Milliseconds->,"ServerDescription":"<-Server Description-
>","PublishFloorMS":<-Rate in Milliseconds->}
PUT Command
Set Value:
URL:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Properties/*
Body:
{"<-ThingWorx Name->":<-Value->}
GET commands
Get value:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Properties/<-ThingWorx Name->
Get all property values:
https://<-URL or IP->/Thingworx/Things/<-ThingName->/Properties/
Project Properties - OPC UA

OPC Unified Architecture (UA) provides a platform independent interoperability standard. It is not a
replacement for OPC Data Access (DA) technologies: for most industrial applications, UA complements or
enhances an existing DA architecture. The OPC UA group displays the current OPC UA settings in the server.
Note: To change a setting, click in the specific property's second column. This invokes a drop-down menu
that displays the options available.
Server Interface
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 54
l Enable: When enabled, the UA server interface is initialized and accepts client connections. When
disabled, the remaining properties on this page are disabled.
l Log Diagnostics: When enabled, OPC UA stack diagnostics are logged to the Event Log. This should
only be enabled for troubleshooting purposes.
Client Sessions
l Allow Anonymous Login: When disabled, this property specifies that user name and password
information are required to establish a connection. The default setting is enabled.
Note: If this setting is disabled, users cannot login as the default user in the User Manager. Users
can login as the Administrator provided that a password is set in the User Manager and is used to
login.
l Max. Connections: This property specifies the maximum number of supported connections. The
valid range is 1 to 128. The default setting is 128.
l Session Timeouts: This property specifies the UA client's timeout limit for establishing a session.
Values may be changed depending on the needs of the application. The default values are 15 to 60
seconds.
l Minimum: This property specifies the UA client's minimum timeout limit. The default setting
is 15 seconds.
l Maximum: This property specifies the UA client's maximum timeout limit. The default
setting is 60 seconds.
l Tag cache timeout: This property specifies the tag cache timeout. The valid range is 0 to 60
seconds. The default setting is 5 seconds.
Note: This timeout controls how long a tag is cached after a UA client is done using it. In cases
where UA clients read/write to unregistered tags at a set interval, users can improve performance by
increasing the timeout. For example, if a client is reading an unregistered tag every 5 seconds, the
tag cache timeout should be set to 6 seconds. Since the tag does not have to be recreated during
each client request, performance improves.
www. kepware.com
55 KEPServerEX V6
Browsing
l Return Tag Properties: When enabled, this property allows UA client applications to browse the tag
properties available for each tag in the address space. This setting is disabled by default.
l Return Address Hints: When enabled, this property allows UA client applications to browse the
address formatting hints available for each item. Although the hints are not valid UA tags, certain UA
client applications may try to add them to the tag database. When this occurs, the client receives an
error from the server. This may cause the client to report errors or stop adding the tags
automatically. To prevent this from occurring, make sure that this property is disabled. This setting is
disabled by default.
Monitored Items
Description of the property is as follows:
l Max. Data Queue Size: This property specifies the maximum number of data notifications to be
queued for an item. The valid range is 1 to 100. The default setting is 2.
Note: The data queue is used when the monitored item's update rate is faster than the
subscription's publish rate. For example, if the monitored item update rate is 1 second, and a
subscription publishes every 10 seconds, then 10 data notifications are published for the item every
10 seconds. Because queuing data consumes memory, this value should be limited when memory is
a concern.
Subscriptions
l Max. Retransmit Queue Size: This property specifies the maximum number of publishes to be
queued per subscription. The valid range is 1 to 100. A value of zero disables retransmits. The default
setting is 0.
Note: Subscription publish events are queued and retransmitted at the client's request. Because
queuing consumes memory, this value should be limited when memory is a concern.
l Max. Notifications Per Publish: This property specifies the maximum number of notifications per
publish. The valid range is 1 to 65536. The default setting is 65536.
Note: This value may affect the connection's performance by limiting the size of the packets sent
from the server to the client. In general, large values should be used for high-bandwidth connections
and small values should be used for low-bandwidth connections.
For more information on OPCUA, refer to the OPCUA Configuration Manager help file.
Project Properties - OPC AE

Events are used to signal an occurrence in the server and are similar to data updates in OPC Data Access.
The OPC AE functionality allows users to receive Simple Events from the server, including system startup
and shutdown messages, warnings, errors, and so forth. These events are displayed in the Event Log.
The OPC AE group is used to specify a number of project-level AE settings. Changes made to these settings
take effect after all A&E clients disconnect from the server.
The Alarms & Events plug-in allows Alarms & Events (A&E) clients to receive A&E data from the OPC server.
It is used to convert OPC server events into A&E format and to create custom alarms using OPC server tags.
For more information, contact the OPC vendor.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 56
General
Enable AE Connections to the Server: This property turns the OPC AE server on and off.
Enable Simple Events: When enabled, simple events are made available to clients. When disabled, the
events are sent. The default setting is enabled.
Subscriptions
Max. Subscription Buffer Size: Specify the maximum number of events sent to a client in one send call.
The range is 0 to 65534. The default setting is 100. 0 means there is no limit.
Min. Subscription Buffer Time: Specify the minimum time between send calls to a client. The supported
range is 1000 to 60000 milliseconds. The default setting is 1000 milliseconds.
Min. Keep-Alive Time: Specify the minimum amount of time between keep-alive messages sent from the
server to the client. The default setting is 1000 milliseconds.
www. kepware.com
57 KEPServerEX V6
Project Properties - OPC HDA

To access the OPC HDA server settings through the Configuration, click File | Project Properties and
expand the OPC HDA group.
Enable HDAconnections to the server: When enabled, HDA clients can connect to the HDA server that is
exposed by this server. When disabled, client HDA connections are disabled. These settings may be applied
without restarting the Runtime; however, although the server does not drop connected clients, it does not
accept new client connections either. The default setting is enabled.
Enable Diagnostics: When enabled, this option allows OPC HDA data to be captured and logged to the
Event Log service for storage. The default setting is disabled.
Note: Enabling diagnostics has negative effect on the server runtime performance. For more
information on event logging, refer to OPC Diagnostics Viewer.
Project Properties - OPC .NET

To access the OPC .NET server settings through the Configuration, click File | Project Properties and
select the OPC .NET tab.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 58
l Enable: When enabled, the OPC .NET Wrapper is initialized and accept client connections.
l Restore Defaults: When pressed, this button restores the setting described above to its default
value.
Tips:
1. The OPC .NET Wrapper runs as a System Service called "xi_server_runtime.exe". It is only started
when the server starts and the option described above is enabled. Unlike OPC DA, clients cannot
launch the server.
2. To use and install OPC .NET, Microsoft .NET 3.5 must be present on the machine prior to server
installation.
www. kepware.com
59 KEPServerEX V6
Server Options
To access the Server Options groups from the configuration, click Tools | Options. These settings are
configured on an individual basis. For more information, select a link from the list below.
Options - General
Options - Runtime Connection
Options - General
This dialog is used to specify general server options (such as when to establish a connection with the
Runtime, when to back up saved Configuration project files, and what conditions invoke warning pop-ups).
l Immediately attempt to establish a Runtime connection on start: This property specifies

whether the configuration tool connects to the Runtime when started. When disabled, users must
connect manually. The default setting is enabled.
l Keep track of the __ most recently used project files: This property specifies how many project
files are presented in the MRU (Most Recently Used) list of projects. The valid range is 1 to 16. The
default setting is 8.
l Backup saved Configuration project files prior to overwriting: When enabled, the system
automatically makes a backup copy of the last saved Configuration project before it is overwritten
with a new project file. The backup file's name and location are displayed in the Event Log.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 60
l CSV Import: The Delimiter setting specifies the Comma Separated Variable (CSV) that the server
uses to import and export tag data in a CSV file. Options include comma and semicolon. The default
setting is comma. For more information, refer to Tag Management.
l Confirmations: This property specifies the conditions that force the Configuration to present
warning pop-ups to an operator. Descriptions of the options are as follows:
l Deleting an object: When enabled, all Configuration delete operations invoke a warning
popup that requires confirmation before the delete operation can be completed.
l Disconnect: When enabled, all Configuration operations that would cause client applications
to be disconnected from the server invoke a warning popup. This popup requires
confirmation before the disconnect sequence can be initiated.
l Prompt to save: When enabled, the Configuration invokes a popup if the server is being
shut down while the project has outstanding changes.
l Confirm Runtime project replacement: When enabled, this option warns that the project
can be opened and edited offline while the Configuration is connected to the Runtime.
Options - Runtime Connection

This dialog is used to specify how connections to the Runtime are managed.
l Show user login dialog: When enabled, a valid user name and password are required before the
Configuration can be connected to the Runtime for project editing. The default setting is disabled.
Note: User names and permissions are assigned by the administrator. For more information,
refer to Settings - User Manager.
www. kepware.com
61 KEPServerEX V6
Basic Components
For more information on a specific server component, select a link from the list below.
What is a Channel?
What is a Device?
What is a Tag?
What is a Tag Group?
What is the Alias Map?
What is the Event Log?
What is a Channel?
A channel represents a communication medium from the PC to one or more external devices. A channel can
be used to represent a serial port, a card installed in the PC or an Ethernet socket.
Before adding devices to a project, users must define the channel to be used when communicating with
devices. A channel and a device driver are closely tied. After creating a channel, only devices that the
selected driver supports can be added to this channel.
Adding a Channel
Channels are added using the channel wizard, which guide users through the channel definition process. To
start, users are prompted for a logical name to assign the channel. This name must be unique among all
channels and devices defined in the project. For information on reserved characters, refer to How To...
Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group.
Users are prompted for the device driver to be used. A list box is presented that displays all of the device
drivers currently installed in the system. All serial drivers can be used with multiple channels in the same
project.
Note:For hardware card drivers, refer to the driver's help documentation to determine the ability to use
with multiple channels in a single project. For information on how to determine the number of supported
channels, refer to Server Summary Information.
Users are prompted for the specific communication parameters to be used. Multiple channels cannot share
identical communication parameters; for example, two serial drivers cannot use COM1. For the correct
communication parameters of a particular device, refer to both the manufacturer's and the driver's help
documentation.
Note:Flow Control settings for serial drivers are primarily used when connecting RS422/485 network
devices to the RS232 serial port via a converter. Most RS232 to RS422/485 converters require either no flow
control (None) or that the RTS line be on when the PC is transmitting and off when listening (RTS).
The channel wizard finishes with a summary of the new channel.
Removing a Channel
To remove a channel from the project, select the desired channel and press the Delete key. Alternatively,
select Edit | Delete from the Edit menu or toolbar.
Displaying Channel Properties

To display the channel properties of a specific channel, select the channel and click Edit | Properties from
the Edit menu or toolbar.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 62
See Also:Channel Properties - General
Channel Properties
This server supports the use of simultaneous multiple communications drivers. Each protocol or driver used
in a server project is called a channel. A server project may consist of many channels with the same
communications driver or with unique communications drivers. A channel acts as the basic building block of
an OPC link.
The properties associated with a channel are broken in to logical groupings. While some groups are specific
to a given driver or protocol, the following are the common groups:
General
Ethernet or Serial Communications
Write Optimization
Advanced
Channel Properties - General

This server supports the use of simultaneous multiple communications drivers. Each protocol or driver used
in a server project is called a channel. A server project may consist of many channels with the same
communications driver or with unique communications drivers. A channel acts as the basic building block of
an OPC link. This group is used to specify general channel properties, such as the identification attributes
and operating mode.
Identification
Name:User-defined identity of this channel. In each server project, each channel name must be unique.
Although names can be up to 256 characters, some client applications have a limited display window when
browsing the OPCserver's tag space. The channel name is part of the OPC browser information.
For information on reserved characters, refer to "How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag
Group" in the server help.
Description: User-defined information about this channel.

Many of these properties, including Description, have an associated system tag.
Driver:Selected protocol / driver for this channel. This property specifies the device driver that was selected
during channel creation. It is a disabled setting in the channel properties.
Note: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. This
includes changing the channel name to prevent clients from registering data with the server. If a client has
already acquired an item from the server before the channel name is changed, the items are unaffected. If,
after the channel name has been changed, the client application releases the item and attempts to re-
www. kepware.com
63 KEPServerEX V6
acquire using the old channel name, the item is not accepted. With this in mind, changes to the properties
should not be made once a large client application has been developed. Utilize the User Manager to prevent
operators from changing properties and restrict access rights to server features.
Diagnostics
Diagnostics Capture: When enabled, this option makes the channel's diagnostic information available to
OPC applications. Because the server's diagnostic features require a minimal amount of overhead
processing, it is recommended that they be utilized when needed and disabled when not. The default is
disabled.
For more information, refer to "Communication Diagnostics" in the server help.
Note: Not all drivers support diagnostics. To determine whether diagnostics are available for a particular
driver, open the driver information and locate the "Supports device level diagnostics" statement.
Channel Properties - Advanced

This group is used to specify advanced channel properties. Not all drivers support all properties; so the
Advanced group does not appear for those devices.
Non-Normalized Float Handling: Non-normalized float handling allows users to specify how a driver
handles non-normalized IEEE-754 floating point data. A non-normalized value is defined as Infinity, Not-a-
Number (NaN), or as a Denormalized Number. The default is Replace with Zero. Drivers that have native
float handling may default to Unmodified. Descriptions of the options are as follows:
l Replace with Zero:This option allows a driver to replace non-normalized IEEE-754 floating point
values with zero before being transferred to clients.
l Unmodified:This option allows a driver to transfer IEEE-754 denormalized, normalized, non-
number, and infinity values to clients without any conversion or changes.
Note:This property is disabled if the driver does not support floating point values or if it only supports the
option that is displayed. According to the channel's float normalization setting, only real-time driver tags
(such as values and arrays) are subject to float normalization. For example, EFM data is not affected by this
setting.lin
For more information on the floating point values, refer to "How To ... Work with Non-Normalized Floating
Point Values" in the server help.
Channel Properties - Ethernet Communications

Ethernet Communication can be used to communicate with devices.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 64
Ethernet Settings
Network Adapter:Specify the network adapter to bind. When Default is selected, the operating system
selects the default adapter.
Channel Properties - Serial Communications

Serial communication properties are available to serial drivers and vary depending on the driver, connection
type, and options selected. Below is a superset of the possible properties.
Click to jump to one of the sections: Connection Type, Serial Port Settings or Ethernet Settings, and
Operational Behavior.
Note: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Utilize
the User Manager to restrict access rights to server features, as changes made to these properties can
temporarily disrupt communications.
Connection Type
Physical Medium: Choose the type of hardware device for data communications. Options include
COMPort, None, Modem, and Ethernet Encapsulation. The default is COMPort.
l None: Select None to indicate there is no physical connection, which displays the Operation with no
Communications section.
l COM Port: Select Com Port to display and configure the Serial Port Settings section.
l Modem: Select Modem if phone lines are used for communications, which are configured in the
Modem Settings section.
l Ethernet Encap.: Select if Ethernet Encapsulation is used for communications, which displays the
Ethernet Settings section.
www. kepware.com
65 KEPServerEX V6
l Shared: Verify the connection is correctly identified as sharing the current configuration with another
channel. This is a read-only property.
Serial Port Settings
COM ID: Specify the Communications ID to be used when communicating with devices assigned to the
channel. The valid range is 1 to 9991 to 16. The default is 1.
Baud Rate: Specify the baud rate to be used to configure the selected communications port.
Data Bits: Specify the number of data bits per data word. Options include 5, 6, 7, or 8.
Parity: Specify the type of parity for the data. Options include Odd, Even, or None.
Stop Bits: Specify the number of stop bits per data word. Options include 1 or 2.
Flow Control: Select how the RTS and DTR control lines are utilized. Flow control is required to communicate
with some serial devices. Options are:
l None:This option does not toggle or assert control lines.

l DTR:This option asserts the DTR line when the communications port is opened and remains on.
l RTS:This option specifies that the RTS line is high if bytes are available for transmission. After all
buffered bytes have been sent, the RTS line is low. This is normally used with RS232/RS485 converter
hardware.
l RTS, DTR:This option is a combination of DTR and RTS.
l RTS Always:This option asserts the RTS line when the communication port is opened and remains
on.
l RTS Manual:This option asserts the RTS line based on the timing properties entered for RTS Line
Control. It is only available when the driver supports manual RTS line control (or when the properties
are shared and at least one of the channels belongs to a driver that provides this support).
RTSManual adds an RTSLine Control property with options as follows:
l Raise: This property specifies the amount of time that the RTS line is raised prior to data
transmission. The valid range is 0 to 9999 milliseconds. The default is 10 milliseconds.
l Drop: This property specifies the amount of time that the RTS line remains high after data
transmission. The valid range is 0 to 9999 milliseconds. The default is 10 milliseconds.
l Poll Delay: This property specifies the amount of time that polling for communications is
delayed. The valid range is 0 to 9999. The default is 10 milliseconds.
Tip: When using two-wire RS-485, "echoes" may occur on the communication lines. Since this
communication does not support echo suppression, it is recommended that echoes be disabled or a RS-485
converter be used.
Operational Behavior
l Report Comm. Errors:Enable or disable reporting of low-level communications errors. When
enabled, low-level errors are posted to the Event Log as they occur. When disabled, these same
errors are not posted even though normal request failures are. The default is Enable.
l Close Idle Connection:Choose to close the connection when there are no longer any tags being
referenced by a client on the channel. The default is Enable.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 66
l Idle Time to Close:Specify the amount of time that the server waits once all tags have been
removed before closing the COM port. The default is 15 seconds.
Ethernet Settings
Ethernet Encapsulation provides communication with serial devices connected to terminal servers on the
Ethernet network. A terminal server is essentially a virtual serial port that converts TCP/IP messages on the
Ethernet network to serial data. Once the message has been converted, users can connect standard devices
that support serial communications to the terminal server. The terminal server's serial port must be
properly configured to match the requirements of the serial device to which it is attached. For more
information, refer to "How To... Use Ethernet Encapsulation" in the server help.
l Network Adapter: Indicate a network adapter to bind for Ethernet devices in this channel. Choose a
network adapter to bind to or allow the OS to select the default.
Specific drivers may display additional Ethernet Encapsulation properties. For more information, refer
to Channel Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation.
Modem Settings
l Modem:Specify the installed modem to be used for communications.
l Connect Timeout:Specify the amount of time to wait for connections to be established before
failing a read or write. The default is 60 seconds.
l Modem Properties:Configure the modem hardware. When clicked, it opens vendor-specific modem
properties.
l Auto-Dial:Enables the automatic dialing of entries in the Phonebook. The default is Disable. For
more information, refer to "Modem Auto-Dial" in the server help.
l Report Comm. Errors:Enable or disable reporting of low-level communications errors. When
enabled, low-level errors are posted to the Event Log as they occur. When disabled, these same
errors are not posted even though normal request failures are. The default is Enable.
l Close Idle Connection:Choose to close the modem connection when there are no longer any tags
being referenced by a client on the channel. The default is Enable.
l Idle Time to Close:Specify the amount of time that the server waits once all tags have been
removed before closing the modem connection. The default is 15 seconds.
Operation with no Communications

l Read Processing:Select the action to be taken when an explicit device read is requested. Options
include Ignore and Fail. Ignore does nothing; Fail provides the client with an update that indicates
failure. The default setting is Ignore.
Channel Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation

Ethernet Encapsulation can be used over wireless network connections (such as 802.11b and CDPD packet
networks) and has also been developed to support a wide range of serial devices. With a terminal server
device, users can place RS-232 and RS-485 devices throughout the plant while still allowing a single localized
PC to access the remotely-mounted devices. Ethernet Encapsulation also allows an individual network IP
address to be assigned to devices as needed. Multiple terminal servers provide users access to hundreds of
serial devices from a single PC. One channel can be defined to use the local PC serial port while another
channel can be defined to use Ethernet Encapsulation.
www. kepware.com
67 KEPServerEX V6
Note:These properties are only available to serial drivers. The properties that are displayed depend on
the selected communications driver.
l Network Adapter:This property specifies the network adapter.

l Device Address:This property specifies the four-field IP address of the terminal server to which this
device is attached. IPs are specified as YYY.YYY.YYY.YYY. The YYY designates the IP address: each YYY
byte should be in the range of 0 to 255. Each channel has its own IP address.
l Port:This property configures the Ethernet port that used when connecting to a remote terminal
server. The valid range is 1 to 65535, with some numbers reserved. The default is 2101.
l Protocol: This property specifies TCP/IP or UDP communications, and depends on the nature of the
terminal server being used. The default is TCP/IP. For more information on the protocol available,
refer to the terminal server's help documentation.
:ImportantThe Ethernet Encapsulation mode is completely transparent to the actual serial
communications driver. Users must configure the remaining device properties as if they were
connecting to the device directly on the local PC serial port.
l Connect Timeout:This property specifies the amount of time that is required to establish a socket
connection for a remote device to be adjusted. In many cases, the connection time to a device can
take longer than a normal communications request to that same device. The valid range is 1 to 999
seconds. The default is 3 seconds.
Note: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Utilize the
User Manager to restrict access rights to server features and prevent operators from changing the
properties.
Channel Properties - Communication Serialization

The server's multi-threading architecture allows channels to communicate with devices in parallel. Although
this is efficient, communication can be serialized in cases with physical network restrictions (such as
Ethernet radios). Communication serialization limits communication to one channel at a time within a virtual
network.
The term "virtual network" describes a collection of channels and associated devices that use the same
pipeline for communications. For example, the pipeline of an Ethernet radio is the master radio. All channels
using the same master radio associate with the same virtual network. Channels are allowed to communicate
each in turn, in a round-robin manner. By default, a channel can process one transaction before handing
communications off to another channel. A transaction can include one or more tags. If the controlling
channel contains a device that is not responding to a request, the channel cannot release control until the
transaction times out. This results in data update delays for the other channels in the virtual network.
Channel-Level Settings
Virtual Network This property specifies the channel's mode of communication serialization. Options
include None and Network 1 - Network 50. The default is None. Descriptions of the options are as follows:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 68
l None:This option disables communication serialization for the channel.

l Network 1 - Network 50:This option specifies the virtual network to which the channel is
assigned.
Transactions per Cycle This property specifies the number of single blocked/non-blocked read/write
transactions that can occur on the channel. When a channel is given the opportunity to communicate, this
number of transactions attempted. The valid range is 1 to 99. The default is 1.
Global Settings
l Network Mode:This property is used to control how channel communication is delegated. In Load
Balanced mode, each channel is given the opportunity to communicate in turn, one at a time. In
Priority mode, channels are given the opportunity to communicate according to the following rules
(highest to lowest priority):
l Channels with pending writes have the highest priority.
l Channels with pending explicit reads (through internal plug-ins or external client interfaces)
are prioritized based on the reads priority.
l Scanned reads and other periodic events (driver specific).
The default is Load Balanced and affects all virtual networks and channels.
Devices that rely on unsolicited responses should not be placed in a virtual network. In situations where
communications must be serialized, it is recommended that Auto-Demotion be enabled.
Due to differences in the way that drivers read and write data (such as in single, blocked, or non-blocked
transactions); the application's Transactions per cycle property may need to be adjusted. When doing so,
consider the following factors:
l How many tags must be read from each channel?

l How often is data written to each channel?
l Is the channel using a serial or Ethernet driver?
l Does the driver read tags in separate requests, or are multiple tags read in a block?
l Have the device's Timing properties (such as Request timeout and Fail after x successive timeouts)
been optimized for the virtual network's communication medium?
Channel Properties - Network Interface

With Ethernet Encapsulation, virtually all drivers currently available support some form of Ethernet
communications. Some form of a network interface is used, whether for a natively Ethernet-based driver or
a serial driver configured for Ethernet Encapsulation. In most cases, that interface takes the form of a
Network Interface Card (NIC). For a PC that has networking installed, this usually means that a single NIC is
installed that provides a connection to either the IT or plant floor network (or both).
This configuration works well for typical network configurations and loading. Problems may arise if data
needs to be received from an Ethernet device at a regular interval, however. If the plant floor network is
mixed with the IT network, a large batch file transfer could completely disrupt the interval of the plant floor
data. The most common way to deal with this issue is to install a second NIC in the PC. One NIC can be used
for accessing the IT network while the other NIC accesses the plant floor data. Although this may sound
reasonable, problems may occur when trying to separate the networks. When using multiple NICs, users
www. kepware.com
69 KEPServerEX V6
must determine the bind order. The bind order determines what NIC is used to access different portions of
the Ethernet network. In many cases, bind settings can be managed using the operating system's tools.
When there is a clear separation between the types of protocols and services that are used on each NIC
card, the bind order can be created by the operating system. If there isn't a clear way to select a specific
bind order, users may find that the Ethernet device connection is being routed to the wrong network. In this
case, the network interface shown below can be used to select a specific NIC card to use with the Ethernet
driver. The network interface selection can be used to select a specific NIC card based on either the NIC
name or its currently assigned IP address. This list of available NICs includes either unique NIC cards or NICs
that have multiple IP assigned to them. The selection displays any WAN connections are active (such as a
dial up connection).
Note:This property is only available to Ethernet drivers.
By selecting a specific NIC interface, users can force the driver to send all Ethernet communication through
the specified NIC. When a NIC is selected, the normal operating system bind order is bypassed completely.
This ensures that users have control over how the network operates and eliminates any guesswork.
The selections displayed in the Network Adapter drop-down menu depend on the network configuration
settings, the number of unique NICs installed in the PC, and the number of unique IPs assigned to the NICs.
To force the operating system to create the bind order selection, select Default as the network adapter. This
allows the driver to use the operating system's normal bind order to set the NIC.
Important: When unsure of which NIC to use, select the default condition. Furthermore, when an
Ethernet-based device is being used and this feature is exposed through a product upgrade, select the
default condition.
Note: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Utilize the
properties. Keep in mind that changes made to this property can temporarily disrupt communications.
Channel Properties - Write Optimizations

As with any OPC server, writing data to the device may be the application's most important aspect. The
server intends to ensure that the data written from the client application gets to the device on time. Given
this goal, the server provides optimization properties that can be used to meet specific needs or improve
application responsiveness.
Write Optimizations
OptimizationMethod: controls how write data is passed to the underlying communications driver. The
options are:
l Write All Values for All Tags:This option forces the server to attempt to write every value to the
controller. In this mode, the server continues to gather write requests and add them to the server's
internal write queue. The server processes the write queue and attempts to empty it by writing data
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 70
to the device as quickly as possible. This mode ensures that everything written from the client
applications is sent to the target device. This mode should be selected if the write operation order or
the write item's content must uniquely be seen at the target device.
l Write Only Latest Value for Non-Boolean Tags: Many consecutive writes to the same value can
accumulate in the write queue due to the time required to actually send the data to the device. If the
server updates a write value that has already been placed in the write queue, far fewer writes are
needed to reach the same final output value. In this way, no extra writes accumulate in the server's
queue. When the user stops moving the slide switch, the value in the device is at the correct value at
virtually the same time. As the mode states, any value that is not a Boolean value is updated in the
server's internal write queue and sent to the device at the next possible opportunity. This can greatly
improve the application performance.
Note: This option does not attempt to optimize writes to Boolean values. It allows users to
optimize the operation of HMI data without causing problems with Boolean operations, such as a
momentary push button.
l Write Only Latest Value for All Tags:This option takes the theory behind the second optimization
mode and applies it to all tags. It is especially useful if the application only needs to send the latest
value to the device. This mode optimizes all writes by updating the tags currently in the write queue
before they are sent. This is the default mode.
Duty Cycle: is used to control the ratio of write to read operations. The ratio is always based on one read for
every one to ten writes. The duty cycle is set to ten by default, meaning that ten writes occur for each read
operation. Although the application is performing a large number of continuous writes, it must be ensured
that read data is still given time to process. A setting of one results in one read operation for every write
operation. If there are no write operations to perform, reads are processed continuously. This allows
optimization for applications with continuous writes versus a more balanced back and forth data flow.
Note: It is recommended that the application be characterized for compatibility with the write
optimization enhancements before being used in a production environment.
Device Discovery Procedure

Device Discovery is available for drivers that support locating devices on the network. Once devices are
found, they may be added to a channel. The maximum number of devices that can be discovered at once is
65535.
www. kepware.com
71 KEPServerEX V6
1. Select the channel in which devices should be discovered and added.
2. Right click on the channel node and select Device Discovery...
3. Click the Begin discovery... button to start the discovery process.
4. Specify the discovery properties, which are driver-specific, such as address range, timeout, discovery
scope.
5. Click OK.
6. Devices discovered populate the dialog with the following information / headings Name, ID,
Description.
7. If any discovered device is of interest, select that device and click Add selected device....
8. Click Close.
What is a Device?
Devices represent the PLCs or other hardware with which the server communicates. The device driver that
the channel is using restricts device selection.
Adding a Device
Devices can be added using the New Device Wizard both at the initial setup and afterward. To do so, click
Edit | New Device. Users are prompted to enter the device name, which is user-defined and should be
logical for the device. This is the browser branch name used in OPC links to access the device's assigned
tags. For information on reserved characters, refer to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag,
and Tag Group.
Users will also be prompted to enter a Network ID, which is a number or string that uniquely identifies the
device on the device's network. Networked, multi-dropped devices must have a unique identifier so that the
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 72
server's data requests are routed correctly. Devices that are not multi-dropped do not need an ID; this
setting is not available.
Removing a Device
To remove a device from the project, select the desired device press Delete. Alternatively, click Edit |
Delete.
Displaying Device Properties

To display a device's properties, first select the device and click Edit | Properties.
For more information, refer to Device Properties.
Device Properties
Device properties are organized into the following groups. Click on a link below for details about the
properties in that group.
Identification
Operating Mode
Scan Mode
Communication Timeouts
Auto-Demotion
Redundancy
Device Properties - Identification

A device represents a single target on a communications channel. If the driver supports multiple controllers,
users must enter a device ID for each controller.
Name:This property specifies the name of the device. It is a logical user-defined name that can be up to
256 characters long, and may be used on multiple channels.
Note: Although descriptive names are generally a good idea, some OPC client applications may have a
limited display window when browsing the OPC server's tag space. The device name and channel name
become part of the browse tree information as well. Within an OPC client, the combination of channel name
and device name would appear as "ChannelName.DeviceName".
For more information, refer to "How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group" in server
help.
Description: User-defined information about this device.

Many of these properties, including Description, have an associated system tag.
www. kepware.com
73 KEPServerEX V6
Channel Assignment:User-defined name of the channel to which this device currently belongs.
Driver:Selected protocol driver for this device.
Model:This property specifies the specific type of device that is associated with this ID. The contents of the
drop-down menu depends on the type of communications driver being used. Models that are not supported
by a driver are disabled. If the communications driver supports multiple device models, the model selection
can only be changed when there are no client applications connected to the device.
Note:If the communication driver supports multiple models, users should try to match the model
selection to the physical device. If the device is not represented in the drop-down menu, select a model that
conforms closest to the target device. Some drivers support a model selection called "Open," which allows
users to communicate without knowing the specific details of the target device. For more information, refer
to the driver help documentation.
ID:This property specifies the device's driver-specific station or node. The type of ID entered depends on
the communications driver being used. For many communication drivers, the ID is a numeric value. Drivers
that support a Numeric ID provide users with the option to enter a numeric value whose format can be
changed to suit the needs of the application or the characteristics of the selected communications driver.
The format is set by the driver by default. Options include Decimal, Octal, and Hexadecimal.
Note: If the driver is Ethernet-based or supports an unconventional station or node name, the device's
TCP/IP address may be used as the device ID. TCP/IP addresses consist of four values that are separated by
periods, with each value in the range of 0 to 255. Some device IDs are string based. There may be additional
properties to configure within the ID field, depending on the driver. For more information, refer to the
driver's help documentation.
Device Properties - Operating Mode
Data Collection:This property controls the device's active state. Although device communications are
enabled by default, this property can be used to disable a physical device. Communications are not
attempted when a device is disabled. From a client standpoint, the data is marked as invalid and write
operations are not accepted. This property can be changed at any time through this property or the device
system tags.
Simulated:This option places the device into Simulation Mode. In this mode, the driver does not attempt to
communicate with the physical device, but the server continues to return valid OPC data. Simulated stops
physical communications with the device, but allows OPC data to be returned to the OPC client as valid data.
While in Simulation Mode, the server treats all device data as reflective: whatever is written to the simulated
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 74
device is read back and each OPC item is treated individually. The item's memory map is based on the group
Update Rate. The data is not saved if the server removes the item (such as when the server is reinitialized).
The default is No.
Notes:
1. This System tag (_Simulated) is read only and cannot be written to for runtime protection. The System
tag allows this property to be monitored from the client.
2. In Simulation mode, the item's memory map is based on client update rate(s) (Group Update Rate for
OPC clients or Scan Rate for native and DDE interfaces). This means that two clients that reference
the same item with different update rates return different data.
Simulation Mode is for test and simulation purposes only. It should never be used in a production
environment.
Device Properties - Scan Mode

The Scan Mode specifies the subscribed-client requested scan rate for tags that require device
communications. Synchronous and asynchronous device reads and writes are processed as soon as
possible; unaffected by the Scan Mode properties.
Scan Mode: specifies how tags in the device are scanned for updates sent to subscribed clients.
Descriptions of the options are:
l Respect Client-Specified Scan Rate:This mode uses the scan rate requested by the client.
l Request Data No Faster than Scan Rate:This mode specifies the maximum scan rate to be used.
The valid range is 10 to 99999990 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
Note:When the server has an active client and items for the device and the scan rate value is
increased, the changes take effect immediately. When the scan rate value is decreased, the changes
do not take effect until all client applications have been disconnected.
l Request All Data at Scan Rate:This mode forces tags to be scanned at the specified rate for
subscribed clients. The valid range is 10 to 99999990 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
l Do Not Scan, Demand Poll Only:This mode does not periodically poll tags that belong to the
device nor perform a read to get an item's initial value once it becomes active. It is the client's
responsibility to poll for updates, either by writing to the _DemandPoll tag or by issuing explicit device
reads for individual items. For more information, refer to "Device Demand Poll" in server help.
l Respect Tag-Specified Scan Rate:This mode forces static tags to be scanned at the rate specified
in their static configuration tag properties. Dynamic tags are scanned at the client-specified scan
rate.
Initial Updates from Cache: When enabled, this option allows the server to provide the first updates for
newly activated tag references from stored (cached) data. Cache updates can only be provided when the
new item reference shares the same address, scan rate, data type, client access, and scaling properties. A
device read is used for the initial update for the first client reference only. The default is disabled; any time a
client activates a tag reference the server attempts to read the initial value from the device.
www. kepware.com
75 KEPServerEX V6
Device Properties - Auto-Demotion

The Auto-Demotion properties can temporarily place a device off-scan in the event that a device is not
responding. By placing a non-responsive device offline for a specific time period, the driver can continue to
optimize its communications with other devices on the same channel. After the time period has been
reached, the driver re-attempts to communicate with the non-responsive device. If the device is responsive,
the device is placed on-scan; otherwise, it restarts its off-scan time period.
Demote on Failure: When enabled, the device is automatically taken off-scan until it is responding again.
Tip: Determine when a device is off-scan by monitoring its demoted state using the _AutoDemoted
system tag.
Timeouts to Demote: Specify how many successive cycles of request timeouts and retries occur before the
device is placed off-scan. The valid range is 1 to 30 successive failures. The default is 3.
Demotion Period: Indicate how long the device should be placed off-scan when the timeouts value is
reached. During this period, no read requests are sent to the device and all data associated with the read
requests are set to bad quality. When this period expires, the driver places the device on-scan and allows for
another attempt at communications. The valid range is 100 to 3600000 milliseconds. The default is 10000
milliseconds.
Discard Requests when Demoted: Select whether or not write requests should be attempted during the
off-scan period. Disable to always send write requests regardless of the demotion period. Enable to discard
writes; the server automatically fails any write request received from a client and does not post a message
to the Event Log.
Device Properties - Communication Parameters

Ethernet Encapsulation mode has been designed to provide communication with serial devices connected to
terminal servers on the Ethernet network. A terminal server is essentially a virtual serial port. The terminal
server converts TCP/IP messages on the Ethernet network to serial data. Once the message has been
converted to a serial form, users can connect standard devices that support serial communications to the
terminal server.
For more information, refer to "How to... Use Ethernet Encapsulation" in the server help.
Note: Because Ethernet Encapsulation mode is completely transparent to the actual serial
communications driver, users should configure the remaining device properties as if they were connecting
to the device directly on the local PC serial port.
IP Address: This property is used to enter the four-field IP address of the terminal server to which the device
is attached. IPs are specified as YYY.YYY.YYY.YYY. The YYY designates the IP address: each YYY byte should
be in the range of 0 to 255. Each serial device may have its own IP address; however, devices may have the
same IP address if there are multiple devices multi-dropped from a single terminal server.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 76
Port: This property is used to configure the Ethernet port to be used when connecting to a remote terminal
server.
Protocol: This property is used to select either TCP/IP or UDP communications. The selection depends on
the nature of the terminal server being used. The default protocol selection is TCP/IP. For more information
on available protocols, refer to the terminal server's help documentation.
Notes:
1. With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Utilize the
properties.
2. The valid IP Address range is greater than (>) 0.0.0.0 to less than (<) 255.255.255.255.
Device Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation

Ethernet Encapsulation is designed to provide communication with serial devices connected to terminal
servers on the Ethernet network. A terminal server is essentially a virtual serial port. The terminal server
converts TCP/IP messages on the Ethernet network to serial data. Once the message has been converted to
a serial form, users can connect standard devices that support serial communications to the terminal
server.
For more information, refer to "How to... Use Ethernet Encapsulation" in server help.
Ethernet Encapsulation is transparent to the driver; configure the remaining properties as if connecting to
the device directly on a local serial port.
IP Address:This property is used to enter the four-field IP address of the terminal server to which the
device is attached. IPs are specified as YYY.YYY.YYY.YYY. The YYY designates the IP address: each YYY byte
should be in the range of 0 to 255. Each serial device may have its own IP address; however, devices may
have the same IP address if there are multiple devices multi-dropped from a single terminal server.
Port:This property is used to configure the Ethernet port to be used when connecting to a remote terminal
server.
Protocol:This property is used to select either TCP/IP or UDP communications. The selection depends on
the nature of the terminal server being used. The default protocol selection is TCP/IP. For more information
on available protocols, refer to the terminal server's help documentation.
Notes
1. With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Utilize the
properties.
2. The valid IP Address range is greater than (>) 0.0.0.0 to less than (<) 255.255.255.255.
www. kepware.com
77 KEPServerEX V6
Device Properties - Tag Generation

The automatic tag database generation features make setting up the an application a plug-and-play
operation. Select communications drivers can be configured to automatically build a list of tags that
correspond to device-specific data. These automatically generated tags (which depend on the nature of the
supporting driver) can be browsed from the clients.
If the target device supports its own local tag database, the driver reads the device's tag information and
uses the data to generate tags within the server. If the device does not natively support named tags, the
driver creates a list of tags based on driver-specific information. An example of these two conditions is as
follows:
1. If a data acquisition system supports its own local tag database, the communications driver uses the
tag names found in the device to build the server's tags.
2. If an Ethernet I/O system supports detection of its own available I/O module types, the
communications driver automatically generates tags in the server that are based on the types of I/O
modules plugged into the Ethernet I/O rack.
Note: Automatic tag database generation's mode of operation is completely configurable. For more
information, refer to the property descriptions below.
On Device Startup
This property specifies when OPC tags are automatically generated. Descriptions of the options are as
follows:
l Do Not Generate on Startup:This option prevents the driver from adding any OPC tags to the tag
space of the server. This is the default setting.
l Always Generate on Startup:This option causes the driver to evaluate the device for tag
information. It also adds tags to the tag space of the server every time the server is launched.
l Generate on First Startup:This option causes the driver to evaluate the target device for tag
information the first time the project is run. It also adds any OPC tags to the server tag space as
needed.
Note: When the option to automatically generate OPC tags is selected, any tags that are added to the
server's tag space must be saved with the project. Users can configure the project to automatically save
from the Tools | Options menu.
On Duplicate Tag
When automatic tag database generation is enabled, the server needs to know what to do with the tags that
it may have previously added or with tags that have been added or modified after the communications
driver since their original creation. This setting controls how the server handles OPC tags that were
automatically generated and currently exist in the project. It also prevents automatically generated tags
from accumulating in the server.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 78
For example, if a user changes the I/O modules in the rack with the server configured to Always Generate
on Startup, new tags would be added to the server every time the communications driver detected a new
I/O module. If the old tags were not removed, many unused tags could accumulate in the server's tag space.
The options are:
l Delete on Create:This option deletes any tags that were previously added to the tag space before
any new tags are added. This is the default setting.
l Overwrite as Necessary:This option instructs the server to only remove the tags that the
communications driver is replacing with new tags. Any tags that are not being overwritten remain in
the server's tag space.
l Do not Overwrite:This option prevents the server from removing any tags that were previously
generated or already existed in the server. The communications driver can only add tags that are
completely new.
l Do not Overwrite, Log Error:This option has the same effect as the prior option, and also posts an
error message to the server's Event Log when a tag overwrite would have occurred.
Note: Removing OPC tags affects tags that have been automatically generated by the
communications driver as well as any tags that have been added using names that match generated
tags. Users should avoid adding tags to the server using names that may match tags that are
automatically generated by the driver.
Parent Group:This property keeps automatically generated tags from mixing with tags that have been
entered manually by specifying a group to be used for automatically generated tags. The name of the group
can be up to 256 characters. This parent group provides a root branch to which all automatically generated
tags are added.
Allow Automatically Generated Subgroups:This property controls whether the server automatically
creates subgroups for the automatically generated tags. This is the default setting. If disabled, the server
generates the device's tags in a flat list without any grouping. In the server project, the resulting tags are
named with the address value. For example, the tag names are not retained during the generation process.
Note: If, as the server is generating tags, a tag is assigned the same name as an existing tag, the system
automatically increments to the next highest number so that the tag name is not duplicated. For example, if
the generation process creates a tag named "AI22" that already exists, it creates the tag as "AI23" instead.
Create: Initiates the creation of automatically generated OPC tags. If the device's configuration has been
modified, Create tags forces the driver to reevaluate the device for possible tag changes. Its ability to be
accessed from the System tags allows a client application to initiate tag database creation.
Note: Create tags is disabled if the Configuration edits a project offline.
Device Properties - Time Synchronization

This group is used to specify the device's time zone and time synchronization properties. It primarily applies
to time stamped data or information from battery-powered devices at remote locations where the device
time may deviate (causing issues with the time-stamped data). To prevent this problem from occurring,
users can specify that the server synchronize the device time.
www. kepware.com
79 KEPServerEX V6
Note: Not all drivers and models support all options.
Time Zone:This property specifies the device's time zone. To ignore the time zone, select one of the first
four options in the list (which do not have an offset). The default is the time zone of the local system.
Note:The driver uses this property both when synching the device time and when converting EFM
timestamps from the device to UTC time.
Respect Daylight Saving Time: Select Yes to follow Daylight Saving Time offset when synching the device
time. Select No to ignore Daylight Saving Time. The default is disabled / No.
Method:This property specifies the method of synchronization. Options include Disabled, Absolute, and
Interval. The default is Disabled. Descriptions of the options are as follows:
l Disabled: No synchronization.
l Absolute: Synchronizes to an absolute time of day specified through the Time property (appears only
when Absolute is selected).
l Interval: Synchronizes on startup and every number of minutes specified through the Sync Interval
property (appears only when Interval is selected). The default is 60 minutes.
Device Properties - Timing

The device Communications Timeouts properties allow the driver's response to error conditions to be
tailored to fit the application's needs. In many cases, the environment requires changes to these properties
for optimum performance. Factors such as electrically generated noise, modem delays, and poor physical
connections can influence how many errors or timeouts a communications driver encounters.
Communications Timeouts properties are specific to each configured device.
Communications Timeouts
Connect Timeout:This property (which is used primarily by Ethernet based drivers) controls the amount of
time required to establish a socket connection to a remote device. The device's connection time often takes
longer than normal communications requests to that same device. The valid range is 1 to 30 seconds. The
default is typically 3 seconds, but can vary depending on the driver's specific nature. If this setting is not
supported by the driver, it is disabled.
Note: Due to the nature of UDP connections, the connection timeout setting is not applicable when
communicating via UDP.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 80
Request Timeout:This property specifies an interval used by all drivers to determine how long the driver
waits for a response from the target device to complete. The valid range is 50 to 9,999,999 milliseconds
(167.6667 minutes). The default is usually 1000 milliseconds, but can vary depending on the driver. The
default timeout for most serial drivers is based on a baud rate of 9600 baud or better. When using a driver
at lower baud rates, increase the timeout to compensate for the increased time required to acquire data.
Retry Attempts:This property specifies how many times the driver retries a communications request
before considering the request to have failed and the device to be in error. The valid range is 1 to 10. The
default is typically 3, but can vary depending on the driver's specific nature. The number of retries
configured for an application depends largely on the communications environment.
Timing
Inter-Request Delay:This property specifies how long the driver waits before sending the next request to
the target device. It overrides the normal polling frequency of tags associated with the device, as well as
one-time reads and writes. This delay can be useful when dealing with devices with slow turnaround times
and in cases where network load is a concern. Configuring a delay for a device affects communications with
all other devices on the channel. It is recommended that users separate any device that requires an inter-
request delay to a separate channel if possible. Other communications properties (such as communication
serialization) can extend this delay. The valid range is 0 to 300,000 milliseconds; however, some drivers may
limit the maximum value due to a function of their particular design. The default is 0, which indicates no
delay between requests with the target device.
Note: Not all drivers support Inter-Request Delay. This setting does not appear if it is not supported by the
driver.
Device Properties - Redundancy
Redundancy is available with the Media-Level Redundancy Plug-in.
Consult the website, a sales representative, or the user manual for more information.
What is a Tag?
A tag represents addresses within the PLC or other hardware device with which the server communicates.
The server allows both Dynamic tags and user-defined Static tags. Dynamic tags are entered directly in the
OPC client and specify device data. User-defined Static tags are created in the server and support tag
scaling. They can be browsed from OPC clients that support tag browsing.
Displaying Tag Properties

To invoke the tag properties for a specific tag, double-click on it in the Tag Selection pane of the server
configuration.
www. kepware.com
81 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Properties - General

A tag represents addresses in the PLC or other hardware device with which the server communicates. The
server allows both Dynamic tags and user-defined Static tags. Dynamic tags are entered directly in the OPC
client and specify device data. User-defined Static tags are created in the server and support tag scaling.
They can be browsed from OPC clients that support tag browsing.
For more information, refer to Dynamic Tags and Static User-Defined Tags.
Name: Enter a string to represent the data available from the tag. The tag name can be up to 256
characters in length. While using long descriptive names is generally a good idea, some OPC client
applications may have a limited display window when browsing the tag space of an OPC server. The tag
name is part of the OPC browse data tag names must be unique within a given device branch or tag group
branch. For information on reserved characters, refer to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag,
and Tag Group.
Tip: If the application is best suited for using blocks of tags with the same names, use tag groups to
segregate the tags. For more information, refer to Tag Group Properties.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 82
Description: Enter the string to represent the data available from the tag. The tag name can be up to 256
characters in length. While using long descriptive names is generally a good idea, some OPC client
applications may have a limited display window when browsing the tag space of an OPC server. The tag name
is part of the OPC browse data tag names must be unique within a given device branch or tag group branch.
For information on reserved characters, refer to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag
Group.
Tip: If the application is best suited for using blocks of tags with the same names, use tag groups to
segregate the tags. For more information, refer to Tag Group Properties.
Address: Enter the target tag's driver address. The address's format is based on the driver protocol. The
address can be up to 128 characters.
Tip: For hints about how an address should be entered, click the browse (...) button. If the driver accepts
the address as entered, no messages are displayed. A popup informs of any errors. Some errors are related
to the data type selection and not the address string.
Description: Apply a comment to the tag. A string of up to 255 characters can be entered for the
description. When using an OPC client that supports Data Access 2.0 tag properties, the description property
is accessible from the tag's item Description properties.
Data Type: Specify the format of this tag's data as it is found in the physical device. In most cases, this is
also the format of the data as it returned to the client. The data type setting is an important part of how a
communication driver reads and writes data to a device. For many drivers, the data type of a particular piece
of data is rigidly fixed and the driver knows what format needs to be used when reading the device's data. In
some cases, however, the interpretation of device data is largely in the user's hands. An example would be a
device that uses 16-bit data registers. Normally this would indicate that the data is either a Short or Word.
Many register-based devices also support values that span two registers. In these cases the double register
values could be a Long, DWord or Float. When the driver being used supports this level of flexibility, users
must tell it how to read data for this tag. By selecting the appropriate data type, the driver is being told to
read one, two, four, eight, or sixteen registers or possibly a Boolean value. The driver governs the data
format being chosen.
l Default - Uses the driver default data type

l Boolean - Binary value of true or false
l Char - Signed 8-bit integer data
l Byte - Unsigned 8-bit integer data
l Short - Signed 16-bit integer data
l Word - Unsigned 16-bit integer data
l Long - Signed 32-bit integer data
l DWord - Unsigned 32-bit integer data
l LLong - Signed 64-bit integer data
l QWord - Unsigned 64-bit integer data
l Float - 32-bit real value IEEE-754 standard definition
l Double - 64-bit real value IEEE-754 standard definition
l String - Null-terminated Unicode string
l BCD - Two byte-packed BCD value range is 0-9999
l LBCD - Four byte-packed BCD value range is 0-99999999
l Date - See Microsoft Knowledge Base.
www. kepware.com
83 KEPServerEX V6
Client Access: Specify whether the tag is Read Only or Read/Write. By selecting Read Only, users can
prevent client applications from changing the data contained in this tag. By selecting Read/Write, users
allow client applications to change this tag's value as needed. The Client Access selection also affects how
the tag appears in the browse space of an OPC client. Many OPC client applications allow filtering tags based
on attributes. Changing the access method of this tag may change how and when the tag appears in the
browse space of the OPC client.
Scan Rate: Specify the update interval for this tag when used with a non-OPC client. OPC clients can control
the rate at which data is scanned by using the update rate that is part of all OPC groups. Normally non-OPC
clients don't have that luxury. The server is used to specify an update rate on a tag per tag basis for non-OPC
clients. Using the scan rate, users can tailor the bandwidth requirements of the server to suit the needs of
the application. If, for example, data that changes very slowly needs to be read, there is no reason to read
the value very often. Using the scan rate this tag can be forced to read at a slower rate reducing the demand
on the communications channel. The valid range is 10 to 99999990 milliseconds (ms), with a 10 ms
increment. The default is 100 milliseconds.
With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Changes made
to tag properties take effect immediately; however, OPC clients that have already connected to this tag are
not affected until they release and attempt to reacquire it. Utilize the User Manager to restrict access rights
to server features and prevent operators from changing the properties.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 84
Multiple Tag Generation

The Multiple Tag Generation Tool dynamically creates multiple tags using user-defined driver nomenclature.
It allows a variety of address formats (such as ranges utilizing decimal, hexadecimal, and octal number
systems). To avoid overlapping data, the Tag Generator Tool also has the ability to increment by the user-
defined data type.
For information on a specific dialog, select a link from the list below:
Add Numeric Range

Add Static Text
Add Text Sequence
Multiple Tag Generation Preview
Tag Name Properties
Multiple Tag Generation
Address Template
Name: Enter user-defined tag name.
Address: Verify the tag address, generated through options defined in the Address Builder section.
Data Properties
Data Type: Select data type to apply to all generated tags. Depending on the native interface supported by
the driver, the data type may override the default increment of the Add Numeric Range property for the last
element. The default setting is Default.
Client Access: Select the tag's permission settings from Read Only or Read/Write. The default setting is
Read Only.
Scan Rate: Specify the frequency at which tags are scanned. The valid range is 10 to 99999990 milliseconds.
The default setting is 100 milliseconds.
www. kepware.com
85 KEPServerEX V6
Address Builder
Add Static Text...: Click to launch the Add Static Text dialog where a single line of text can be entered.
Add Numeric Range...: Click to launch the Add Numeric Range dialog.
l Base System: Select the format of the base system: Decimal, Octal, or Hexadecimal. The default
setting is Decimal.
l Range: Enter the starting and ending values for the numeric range in the From and To fields.
l Increment By: When not using Default (which increments by one), users can specify a custom
increment value. The range increments according to the selected Base System.
Add Text Sequence...: Click to launch the Add Text Sequence dialog where multiple strings can be created.
Each string is inserted independently of the other strings specified in the list.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 86
Tips:
1. To enable the Edit icons to the right, highlight a section of the tag address syntax element.
2. The Hints icon opens the help file on Address Descriptions.
Preview: Click to generate a test view of the generated tags.
Multiple Tag Generation Preview
Generate: Click to send all valid tags to the server for insertion.
Cancel: Click to reject any changes made to the tags and return to the prior dialog.
www. kepware.com
87 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Name...: Click to invoke the Tag Name Properties dialog.
Add as Group: Enable to add the tags into a single organizing group. The default setting is disabled.
Renumber valid tags consecutively before adding to project: Enable to renumber the tags
consecutively before adding to the project. The default setting is enabled.
Note: Tags shown with a green checkmark are valid. Tags shown with a red exclamation mark (!) are
invalid.
Tag Name Properties

The Tag Generator Tool includes the option for a custom naming scheme, allowing users to specify both a
name prefix and a numeric suffix to all the tags. The numeric suffix is automatically incremented for each
tag, allowing users to create custom names for tags for better readability. Assigned tag names may be
changed after generation. A default naming scheme is implemented to each generated tag if the user does
not define a custom name through the Tag Name Properties dialog.
Note: Users who change the naming scheme in the Generation dialog before returning to the Tag
Duplication dialog to make changes to the addressing syntax can choose to save the naming scheme for the
next time the tag list is generated.
Name Prefix: Enter a custom name prefix (letters to pre-pend to the tag name).
Start Value: Specify the numeric first value to increment for each tag.
Default naming scheme: When enabled, the default naming scheme is used. The default setting is
disabled.
See Also: Generating Multiple Tags
Tag Properties - Scaling

This server supports tag Scaling, which allows raw data from the device to be scaled to an appropriate range
for the application.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 88
Type:Select the method of scaling raw values. Select Linear, Square Root, or None to disable. The
formulas for scaling types are shown below.
Type Formula for Scaled Value

Linear (((ScaledHigh - ScaledLow)/(RawHigh - RawLow))*(RawValue - RawLow)) + ScaledLow
Square (Square root ((RawValue - RawLow)/(RawHigh - RawLow))*(ScaledHigh - ScaledLow)) +
root ScaledLow
Raw Low: Specify the lower end of the range of data from the device. The valid range depends on the raw
tag data type. For example, if the raw value is Short, the valid range of the raw value would be from -32768
to 32767.
Raw High:Specify the upper end of the range of data from the device. The Raw High value must be greater
than the Raw Low value. The valid range depends on the raw tag data type.
Scaled Data Type:Select the data type for the tag being scaled. The data type can be set to any valid OPC
data type, including a raw data type, such as Short, to an engineering value with a data type of Long. The
default scaled data type is Double.
Scaled Low: Specify the lower end of the range of valid resulting scaled data values. The valid range
depends on the tag data type.
Scaled High:Specify the upper end of the range of valid resulting scaled data values. The valid range
depends on the tag data type.
Clamp Low: Select Yes to prevent resulting data from exceeding the lower end of the range specified.
Select No to allow data to fall outside of the established range.
Clamp High: Select Yes to prevent resulting data from exceeding the upper end of the range specified.
Select No to allow data to fall outside of the established range.
Negate Value: Select Yes to force the resulting value to be negated before being passed to the client. Select
No to pass the value to the client unmodified.
The server supports the OPC tag properties available in the 2.0 Data Access specifications. If the OPC
client being used supports these properties, it can automatically configure the range of objects (such as user
input objects or displays) by using the Scaling settings. Utilize the User Manager to restrict access rights to
server features to prevent any unauthorized operator from changing these properties.
www. kepware.com
89 KEPServerEX V6
Dynamic Tags
Dynamic tag addressing is a second method of defining tags that allows users to define tags only in the
client application. As such, instead of creating a tag item in the client that addresses another tag item
created in the server, users only need to create tag items in the client that directly accesses the device
driver's addresses. On client connect, the server creates a virtual tag for that location and starts scanning
for data automatically.
To specify an optional data type, append one of the following strings after the '@' symbol:
l BCD
l Boolean
l Byte
l Char
l Double
l DWord
l Float
l LBCD
l LLong
l Long
l QWord
l Short
l String
l Word
If the data type is omitted, the driver chooses a default data type based on the device and address being
referenced. The default data types for all locations are documented in each individual driver's help
documentation. If the data type specified is not valid for the device location, the server rejects the tag and an
error posts in the Event Log.
OPC Client Using Dynamic Addressing Example

Scan the 16-bit location "R0001" on the Simulator device. The following Dynamic tag examples assume that
the project created is part of the example.
1. Start the OPC client application and connect to the server.
2. Using the Simulator Driver, create a channel and name it "Channel1." Then, make a device and name
it "Device1."
3. In the client application, define an item name as "Channel1.Device1.R0001@Short."
4. The client project automatically starts receiving data. The default data type for address R0001 in the
Simulator device is Word. To override this, the @Short has been appended to select a data type of
Short.
Note:When utilizing Dynamic tags in an OPC client application, the use of the @[Data Type] modifier is
not normally required. OPC clients can specify the desired data type as part of the request when registering
a link for a specific data item. The data type specified by the OPC client is used if it is supported by the
communications driver. The @[Data Type] modifier can be useful when ensuring that a communications
driver interprets a piece of data exactly as needed.
Non-OPC Client Example

Non-OPC clients can override the update rate on a per-tag basis by appending @[Update Rate].
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 90
For example, appending:

<DDE service name>|_ddedata!Device1.R0001@500 overrides just the update rate.
<DDE service name>|_ddedata!Device1.R0001@500,Short overrides both update rate and data type.
Tips:
1. The server creates a special Boolean tag for every device in a project that can be used by a client to
determine whether a device is functioning properly. To use this tag, specify the item in the link as
"Error." If the device is communicating properly, the tag's value is zero; otherwise, it is one.
2. If the device address is used as the item of a link such that the address matches the name of a user-
defined tag in the server, the link references the address pointed to by the user-defined tag.
3. Static tags must be used to scale data in the server.
See Also:
Static Tags (User-Defined)
Designing a Project: Adding User-Defined Tags
Static Tags (User-Defined)

The most common method that uses the server to get data from the device to the client application has two
requirements. Users must first define a set of tags in the server using the assigned tag name as the item of
each link between the client and the server. The primary benefit to using this method is that all user-defined
tags are available for browsing within most OPC clients. Before deciding whether or not to create Static tags,
ensure that the client can browse or import tags from the server.
Tip: User-defined tags support scaling.
What is a Tag Group?

This server allows tag groups to be added to the project. Tag groups are used to tailor the layout of OPC
data into logical groupings that fit the application's needs. Tag groups allow multiple sets of identical tags to
be added under the same device: this can be convenient when a single device handles a number of similar
machine segments.
Tag Group Properties

From an OPC client standpoint, tag groups allow users to segregate OPC data into smaller tag lists, making
finding specific tags easier when browsing the server. The following image used the supplied OPC Quick
Client to create Cell1 and Cell2 tag groups and simplify the OPC client browsing.
To add a new tag group to the project, right-click on either an existing device or tag group branch and select
New Tag Group from the context menu. Alternatively, click on either an existing device or tag group branch
and click the New Tag Group icon on the toolbar.
www. kepware.com
91 KEPServerEX V6
Tag groups can be added at any level from the device-level down, and multiple tag groups can be nested
together to fit the application's needs. As seen in the OPC Quick Client dialog above, the fully qualified OPC
item path is "Channel1.Device1.Machine1.Cell1.Tag1". For this OPC item, "Machine1" and "Cell1" segments
are nested tag groups.
Note: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time. Any
changes made to the tag groups take effect immediately. If the name is changed, OPC clients that have
already used that tag group as part of an OPC item request are not affected until they release the item and
attempt to reacquire it. New tag groups added to the project immediately allows browsing from an OPC
client. Utilize the User Manager to restrict access rights to server features to prevent operators from
changing the properties.

The Alias Map provides both a mechanism for backwards compatibility with legacy server applications as
well as a way to assign simple alias names to complex tag references. This is especially useful in client
applications that limit the size of tag address paths. Although the latest version of the server automatically
creates the alias map, users can add their own alias map entries to compliment those created by the server.
Users can also filter the server created aliases so that the only ones visible are their own.
Alias map elements can be exported and imported by right-clicking on the target alias in the tree view pane.
Alias map elements can be added, edited, and deleted by right-clicking on the target alias in the detail pane.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 92
Note:When enabled, the Show auto-generated aliases displays those alias maps created by the server
automatically.
See Also:How to... Create and Use an Alias
Alias Properties
The Alias Map allows a way to assign alias names to complex tag references that can be used in client
applications. An alias is constructed by entering an alias name and clicking on the desired device name or
group name.
Name: Specify the alias name, which can be up to 256 characters long. It must be unique in the alias map.
For information on reserved characters, refer to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and
Tag Group.
www. kepware.com
93 KEPServerEX V6
Description: Enter a description of this alias to clarify data sources and reports (optional).
Mapped to: Specify or browse to the location of the alias. Because the alias map does not allow tag items to
be browsed from the alias table, create a short nickname that replaces the address that leads up to the tag.
This makes it easier to address items in a client application that does not support tag browsing.
Scan Rate Override: Specify an update rate to be applied to all non-OPC tags accessed using this alias map
entry. The valid range is 0 to 99999990 milliseconds. The default is 0 milliseconds.
Tip: This setting is equivalent to the topic update rate found in many DDE-only servers.
Note: When set to 0 milliseconds, the server observes the scan rate set at the individual tag level.
What is the Event Log?

The Event Log displays the date, time, and source of an error, warning, information, or security event. For
more information, select a link from the list below.
Event Log Options

Event Log Settings
Event Log
Users can specify the type of events displayed in the Event Log. There are currently four types of events that
can be recorded: Error Events, Warning Events, Information Events, and Security Events. Descriptions of the
events are as follows:
Information: Messages that provide status and data requiring no interaction or correction, such as
successful connection or data collection.
Security: Messages that call attention to conditions that are not best practices from a security
perspective, such as running the software as the default user versus a logged-in user with valid
credentials.
Warning:Messages that indicate an issue that does not require interaction, but may result in
unexpected results, such as a device not responding.
Error: Messages that alert the user to failures or problems that, generally, should be researched and
corrected for best results.
Note: To access the event types in the Configuration client, click Tools | Event Log. Alternatively, right-
click anywhere in the Event Log display.
Tools menu
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 94
Right Click
Note: The Event Log system would be useless if there was no mechanism to protect its contents. If
operators could change these properties or reset the log, the purpose would be lost. Utilize the User
Manager to limit the functions an operator can access and prevent these actions from occurring.
See Also:Settings - Event Log
www. kepware.com
95 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Management
The server's user-defined tag management features can create a tag database structure to fit each
application's specific nature. Users can define multiple tag groups to segregate tag data on a device-by-
device basis, and can also easily add large numbers of tags through drag and drop editing. CSV import and
export also allow tag editing in any application. Like all other server features, new tags can be added to the
application at any time.
Automatic Tag Database Generation

The OPC server's ability to automatically generate tags for select communication drivers brings OPC
technology one step closer to Plug and Play operation. Tag information can be read directly from a device,
and tags can also be generated from stored tag data. In either case, users no longer need to manually enter
OPC tags into the server.
System Tags
System tags provide general error feedback to client applications, allow the operation control over when a
device is actively collecting data, and also permit a channel or device's standard properties to be changed
from an OPC client application. The number of System tags available at the channel or device level depends
on the nature of the driver being used.
Note:System tags can be grouped according to their purpose as both status and control or property
manipulation.
Property Tags
Property tags are additional tags that can be accessed by any Data Access client by appending the property
name to any fully qualified tag address. When using an OPC client that supports item browsing, users can
browse tag properties by turning on Include tag properties when a client browses the server under
OPC DA settings. For more information, refer to Project Properties - OPC DA Settings.
Statistics Tags
Statistics tags provide feedback to client applications regarding the operation of the channel
communications in the server. When diagnostics are enabled, seven built-in Statistics tags are available. For
more information, refer to OPC Diagnostic Viewer.
Modem Tags
Modem tags configure modem properties and monitor modem status. They are only available when the
Connection Type in Channel Properties is set to Modem. For more information, refer to Channel
Properties - Serial Communications.
Communication Serialization Tags

Driver communications normally occur simultaneously across multiple channels, yielding higher data
throughput. In some applications, however, it is required that only one channel be allowed to communicate
at a time. Communication Serialization provides this support. Communication Serialization tags are used to
configure and monitor a channel's serialization status. Both the feature and its tags are only available to
specific drivers. For more information, refer to the driver's help documentation.
CSV Import and Export

This server can import and export tag data in a Comma-Separated Variable (CSV) file to quickly create tags
in an application. The CSV functions are only available when a device or tag group is selected.
Note: For information on which character to specify as the variable, refer to Options - General.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 96
To jump to a specific section, select a link from the list below.
Exporting a Server Tag List

Importing a Server Tag List into the Server
Using Other Characters as the Delimiter
Creating a Template
The easiest way to create and import CSV file is to create a template. For more information, refer to the
instructions below.
1. To start, click File | Export CSV. Define the channels and devices for the project.
2. Define a tag for each device.
3. Export each device or tag group as a CSV file.
4. Use this template in a spreadsheet application that supports CSV files and modify the file as desired.
Note: The resulting CSV file can be saved to disk and re-imported into the server under the same
(or new) device or tag group.
Exporting a Server Tag List

Exporting a server tag list generates a .CSV text file that contains a heading record followed by a record for
each tag defined under the selected device or tag group. The heading record contains the following fields:
l Tag Name: The name of the tag as referenced in an OPC client.

The tag name may contain a group name prefix separated from the tag name with a period. For
example, a tag name of "Group1.Tag1" creates a group named "Group1" that contains "Tag1".
l Address: The device location referenced by the tag.
l Data Type: The data type used for the tag as shown in the server tag's data type drop-down list.
l Respect Data Type: This forces the tag to follow its defined data type, not the OPC client request (1,
0).
l Client Access: Read/write access (read only and read/write).
l Scan Rate: The rate in milliseconds at which the tag address is scanned when used with most non-
OPC clients.
l Scaling: Scaling mode (None, Linear, and Square Root).
l Raw Low: Low raw value.
l Raw High: High raw value.
l Scaled Low: Scaled low value.
l Scaled High: Scaled high value.
l Scaled Data Type: The data type used for the tag after scaling is applied.
l Clamp Low: Forces the resulting scaled value to stay within the limit of Scaled Low (1, 0).
l Clamp High: Forces the resulting scaled value to stay within the limit of Scaled High (1, 0).
l Eng. Units: Units string.
l Description: The description of the tag.
l Negate Value: Negates the resulting value before being passed to the client when scaling is applied
(1, 0).
Note: Each tag record contains the data for each field.
www. kepware.com
97 KEPServerEX V6
Microsoft Excel is an excellent tool for editing large groups of tags outside the server. Once a template CSV
file has been exported, it can be loaded directly into Excel for editing. A CSV file load in Excel would appear
as shown in the image below.
Importing a CSV Tag List into the Server

Once the tag list has been edited, it can be re-imported into the server by clicking File | Import CSV. This
option is only available when a device or tag group is selected.
Using Other Characters as the Delimiter

When utilizing a CSV file that does not use a comma or semi-colon delimiter, users should do one of the
following:
l Save the project in XML. Then, perform mass configuration on the XML file instead of using CSV.
l Perform a search-and-replace on the delimiter in the CSV file and replace the delimiter with a comma
or semicolon. The delimiter being used by the OPC server (either comma or semicolon) must be set
to the replacement character.
See Also: Options - General
Automatic Tag Database Generation

This server's Automatic OPC Tag Database Generation features make setting up the OPC application a plug-
and-play operation. Select communications drivers can be configured to automatically build a list of OPC
tags within the server that correspond to device-specific data. These automatically generated OPC tags
(which depend on the nature of the supporting driver) can be browsed from the OPC client.
If the target device supports its own local tag database, the driver reads the device's tag information and
uses the data to generate OPC tags within the server. If the device does not natively support its own named
tags, the driver creates a list of tags based on driver-specific information. An example of these two
conditions is as follows:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 98
1. If a data acquisition system supports its own local tag database, the communications driver uses the
tag names found in the device to build the server's OPC tags.
2. If an Ethernet I/O system supports detection of its own available I/O module types, the
communications driver automatically generates OPC tags in the server that are based on the types of
I/O modules plugged into the Ethernet I/O rack.
Note: Automatic tag database generation's mode of operation is completely configurable. For more
information, refer to the property descriptions below.
Important: When running in System Service Mode, the file from which tags are created must be located
in a folder accessible to System Service for it to be loaded by the Runtime. For example, a file residing in a
network drive that requires authentication causes the loading to fail. For more information on System
Service Mode, refer to Process Modes.
Automatic Tag Database Generation on Device Startup

This property specifies when OPC tags are automatically generated. Descriptions of the options are as
follows:
l Do Not Generate on Startup: This option prevents the driver from adding any OPC tags to the tag
space of the server. This is the default setting.
l Always Generate on Startup: This option causes the driver to evaluate the device for tag
information. It also adds OPC tags to the tag space of the server every time the server is launched.
l Generate on First Startup: This option causes the driver to evaluate the target device for tag
information the first time the project is run. It also adds any OPC tags to the server tag space as
needed.
Note: When the option to automatically generate OPC tags is selected, any tags that are added to the
server's tag space must be saved with the project. Users can configure the project to automatically save
from the Tools | Options menu.
Perform the Following Action

When automatic tag database generation is enabled, the server needs to know what to do with the tags that
it may have previously added or with tags that have been added or modified after the communications
driver since their original creation. The Perform the following action setting controls how the server
handles OPC tags that were automatically generated and currently exist in the project. It also prevents
automatically generated tags from accumulating in the server.
For example, refer to the second Ethernet I/O example discussed above. If users continued to change the I/O
modules in the rack with the server configured to Always generate new OPC tags on startup, new tags
would be added to the server every time the communications driver detected a new I/O module. If the old
tags were not removed, many unused tags could accumulate in the server's tag space. The Perform the
following action setting tailors the server's operation to best fit a specific application's needs. Descriptions
of the options are as follows:
www. kepware.com
99 KEPServerEX V6
1. Delete on create: This option deletes any tags that were previously added to the tag space before
any new tags are added. This is the default setting.
2. Overwrite as necessary: This option instructs the server to only remove the tags that the
communications driver is replacing with new tags. Any tags that are not being overwritten remain in
the server's tag space.
3. Do not overwrite: This option prevents the server from removing any tags that were previously
generated or already existed in the server. The communications driver can only add tags that are
completely new.
4. Do not overwrite, log error: This option has the same effect as the third option, and also posts an
error message to the server's Event Log when a tag overwrite would have occurred.
Note:Removing OPC tags affects tags that have been automatically generated by the communications
driver as well as any tags that have been added using names that match generated tags. Users should avoid
adding tags to the server using names that may match tags that are automatically generated by the driver.
Add Generated Tags to the Following Group

This property keeps automatically generated tags from mixing with tags that have been entered manually. It
specifies a subgroup to be used when adding all automatically generated tags. The name of the subgroup
can be up to 256 characters in length. As shown in the images below, this property provides a root branch to
which all automatically generated tags are added.
Allow Automatically Generated Subgroups

This property controls whether the server automatically creates subgroups for the automatically generated
tags.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 100
Enabled The server automatically generates the device's tags and organizes them into subgroups. In
the server project, the resulting tags retain their tag names.
Note:This is the default setting.
Disabled The server automatically generates the device's tags in a list without any subgrouping. In the
server project, the resulting tags are named with the address value. For example, the tag
names are not retained during the generation process. The image below shows how the tag
names were created using the tag's address.
Note: If, as the server is generating tags, a tag is assigned the same name as an existing
tag, the system automatically increments to the next highest number so that the tag name is
not duplicated. For example, if the generation process creates a tag named "AI22" that
already exists, it creates the tag as "AI23" instead.
Auto Create
This button manually initiates the creation of automatically generated OPC tags. If the device's configuration
has been modified, clicking Auto Create forces the communications driver to reevaluate the device for
possible tag changes. Its ability to be accessed from the System tags allows OPC client application to initiate
tag database creation.
Note: The Auto-Create button is disabled when the Configuration edits a project offline.
Important: With the server's online full-time operation, these properties can be changed at any time.
Utilize the User Manager to restrict access rights to server features to prevent operators from changing the
properties.
System Tags
System tags provide general error feedback to client applications, allow operational control when a device is
actively collecting data, and allow a channel or device's standard properties to be changed by an OPC client
application when needed.
The number of system tags available at both the channel level and device level depends on the nature of the
driver being used. In addition, application-level system tags allow client applications to monitor the server's
status. System tags can also be grouped according to their purpose as both status and control or property
manipulation. Descriptions are as follows:
l Status Tags:Status tags are read-only tags that provide data on server operation.
l Parameter Control Tags: Parameter control tags can be used to modify the server application's
operational characteristics. This provides a great deal of flexibility in the OPC applications. By using
the property control tags, users can implement redundancy by switching communications links or
changing the device ID of a target device. Users can also provide access to the tags through special
supervisory screens that allow a plant engineer to make changes to the communication parameters
of the server if needed.
The tables below include descriptions of the following:
Application-Level System Tags

Channel-Level System Tags for Serial Port Drivers
Channel-Level System Tags for Ethernet Drivers
Device-Level System Tags for both Serial and Ethernet Drivers
Application-Level System Tags
www. kepware.com
101 KEPServerEX V6
Syntax Example: <Channel Name>.<Device Name>._System._ActiveTagCount
Tag Class Description

_ActiveTagCount Status The _ActiveTagCount tag indicates the number of tags that are currently
Tag active in the server.
This is a read-only tag.

_ClientCount Status The _ClientCount tag indicates the number of clients that are currently
Tag connected to the server.

_Date Status The _Date tag indicates the current date of the system that the server is
Tag running on. The format of this string is defined by the operating system
date/time settings.

_DateTime Status The _DateTime tag indicates the GMT date and time of the system that
Tag the server is running on. The format of the string is '2004-05-
21T20:39:07.000'.

_DateTimeLocal Status The _DateTimeLocal tag indicates the localized date and time of the
Tag system that the server is running on. The format of the string is '2004-05-
21T16:39:07.000'.

_Date_Day Status The _Date_Day tag indicates the current day of the month of the system
Tag on which the server is running.

_Date_DayOfWeek Status The _Date_DayOfWeek tag indicates the current day of the week of the
Tag system on which the server is running. The format of the string is a
number from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday).

_Date_Month Status The _Date_Month tag indicates the current month of the system on which
Tag the server is running. The format of the string is a number (such as "9"
instead of "September").

_Date_Year2 Status The _Date_Year2 tag indicates the last two digits of the current year of
Tag the system on which the server is running.

_Date_Year4 Status The _Date_Year4 tag indicates the current year of the system on which
Tag the server is running.

_ExpiredFeatures Status The _ExpiredFeatures tag provides a list of all server features whose
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 102

Tag time-limited usage has expired. These features are no longer
operational.

_FullProjectName Status The _FullProjectName tag indicates the fully qualified path and file name
Tag to the currently loaded project.

_IsDemo Status The _IsDemo tag is no longer available as the runtime will not enter demo
Tag mode in version 6.0 or higher. See the _TimeLimitedFeatures, _
LicensedFeatures, and _ExpiredFeatures tags to monitor the status of
server features.
_LicensedFeatures Status The _LicensedFeatures tag provides a list of all server features in use that
Tag have a valid license. These features are not subject to a time limit and will
continue normal operation after any time-limited features expire.

_OpcClientNames Status The _OpcClientNames tag is a String Array that lists the names of all OPC
Tag clients that connect to the server and register their name through the
IOPCCommon::SetClientName method.

_ProjectName Status The _ProjectName tag indicates the currently loaded project file name
Tag and does not include path information.

_ProjectTitle Status The _ProjectTitle tag is a String tag that indicates the title of the project
Tag that is currently loaded.

_Time Status The _Time tag indicates the current time of the system that the server is
Tag running on. The format of this string is defined by the operating system
date/time settings.

_Time_Hour Status The _Time_Hour tag indicates the current hour of the system on which the
Tag server is running.

_Time_Hour24 Status The _Time_Hour24 tag indicates the current hour of the system on which
Tag the server is running in a 24 hour format.

_Time_Minute Status The _Time_Minute tag indicates the current minute of the system on
Tag which the server is running.

_Time_PM Status The _Time_PM tag indicates the current AM/PM status of the system on
www. kepware.com
103 KEPServerEX V6

Tag which the server is running. This is a Boolean tag: 0 (False) indicates AM,
and 1 (True)indicates PM.

_Time_Second Status The _Time_Second tag indicates the current second of the system on
Tag which the server is running.

_ Status The _TimeLimitedFeatures tag provides a list of all server features that
TimeLimitedFeatures Tag are time-limited and the time remaining (in seconds). When the time
remaining expires, the feature will cease operation.

_TotalTagCount Status The _TotalTagCount tag indicates the total number of tags that are
Tag currently being accessed. These tags can be active or inactive.
Note: This count does not represent the number of tags configured in
the project.
Channel-Level System Tags for Serial Port Drivers

Syntax Example: <Channel name>._System._BaudRate

_AvailableNetworkAdapters Status Tag The _AvailableNetworkAdapters tag lists the available
NICs and will include both unique NIC cards and NICs
that have multiple IPs assigned to them. Additionally this
tag will also display any WAN connections that are active,
such as a dial-up connection. This tag is provided as a
string tag and can be used to determine the network
adapters available for use on this PC. The string returned
will contain all of the NIC names and their IP
assignments. A semicolon will separate each unique NIC
to allow the names to be parsed within an OPC
application. For a serial driver this tag will only be used if
Ethernet Encapsulation is selected.

_BaudRate Parameter The _BaudRate tag allows the baud rate of the driver to
Control be changed at will. The _BaudRate tag is defined as a
Tag long value and therefore new baud rates should be
written in this format. Valid baud rates are as follows:
300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 56000,
56700, 115200, 128000 and 256000.
This is a read/write tag.

_ComId Parameter The _ComId tag allows the comm port selection for the
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 104

Control driver to be changed at will. As a string tag, the desired
Tag comm port must be written to the tag as a string value
using the following possible selections: COM 1, COM 2
COM 3, COM 4, - - -, COM 16, and Ethernet
Encapsulation. When selecting Ethernet Encapsulation
Mode, users will also need to set the IP number of the
remote terminal server. This is done at the device-level
and is shown below.

_DataBits Parameter The _DataBits tag allows the data bits of the driver to be
Control changed at will. The _DataBits tag is defined as a signed
Tag 8-bit value. Valid data bits selections are 5, 6, 7 and 8.

_Description Status Tag The _Description tag indicates the current user-defined
text description for the channel it is referencing.

_EnableDiagnostics Parameter The _EnableDiagnostics tag allows the diagnostic system
Control of the driver to be enabled and disabled. The diagnostic
Tag system places a little additional burden on the driver
while enabled. As such the server allows diagnostics to
be enabled or disabled to improve the driver's
performance. When disabled, the Diagnostics tags will
not be available. For more information, refer to
Statistics Tags.

_EncapsulationPort Parameter The _EncapsulationPort tag controls the destination port
Control for Ethernet connections. The valid range is 0 to 65535.
Tag
_EncapsulationProtocol Parameter The _EncapsulationProtocol tag controls the protocol
Control used for Ethernet connections. Options include TCP/IP
Tag and UDP.

_FloatHandlingType Parameter The _FloatHandlingType tag allows the current channel-
Control level float handling to be changed. It exists in the
Tag channel-level _System folder. For more information,
refer to Channel Properties - Advanced.

_FlowControl Parameter The _FlowControl tag allows the flow control setting of
Control the driver to be changed at will. As a string tag, the
Tag desired flow control setting must be written to the tag in
this format. Possible selections for flow control include:
www. kepware.com
105 KEPServerEX V6

None, DTR, RTS, "DTR, RTS," RTS Always, and RTS
Manual. Not all drivers support the RTS Manual mode of
operation.

_InterDeviceDelayMS Parameter The _InterDeviceDelayMS tag specifies the amount of
Control time that the channel will delay sending a request to the
Tag next device after the data has been received from the
current device on the same channel. The valid range is 0
to 60000 milliseconds. The default setting is 0.
Note: This tag is only available on channels that use

protocols that utilize the Inter-Device Delay.

_NetworkAdapter Parameter The _NetworkAdapter tag allows the current NIC adapter
Control in use by the driver to be changed at will. As a string tag,
Tag the name of the newly desired NIC adapter must be
written to this tag in string format. The string written
must match the exact description of the desired NIC for
the change to take effect. NIC names can be obtained
from the _AvailableNetworkAdapters tag listed above.
For a serial driver, this tag will only be used if Ethernet
Encapsulation is selected.
Note:When changing the NIC selection the driver is

forced to break all current device connections and
reconnect.

_Parity Parameter The _Parity tag allows the parity of the driver to be
Control changed at will. As a string tag, the desired parity setting
Tag must be written to the tag as a string value using the
following possible selections: None, Odd and Even.

_ReportComErrors Parameter The _ReportComErrors tag allows the reporting of low
Control level communications errors such as parity and framing
Tag errors to be enabled or disabled. This tag is defined as a
Boolean tag and can be set either True or False. When
True, the driver will report any low-level communications
error to the server event system. When set False the
driver will ignore the low-level communications errors
and not report them. The driver will still reject a
communications transaction if it contains errors. If the
environment contains a lot of electrical noise, this
feature can be disabled to prevent the Event Log from
filling with error messages.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 106

_RtsLineDrop Parameter The _RtsLineDrop tag allows the RTS Line to be lowered
Control for a user-selected period of time after the driver
Tag attempts to transmit a message. This tag will only be
effective for drivers that support Manual RTS mode. The
_RtsLineDrop is defined as a long value. The valid range
is 0 to 9999 milliseconds. The Manual RTS mode has
been designed for use with radio modems.

_RtsLinePollDelay Parameter The _RtsLinePollDelay tag allows a user-configurable
Control pause to be placed after each message sent from the
Tag driver. This tag will only be effective for drivers that
support Manual RTS mode. The _RtsLinePollDelay is
defined as a long value. The valid range is 0 to 9999
milliseconds. The Manual RTS mode has been designed
for use with radio modems.

_RtsLineRaise Parameter The _RtsLineRaise tag allows the RTS Line to be raised for
Control a user-selected period of time before the driver attempts
Tag to transmit a message. This tag will only be effective for
drivers that support Manual RTS mode. The _
RtsLineRaise is defined as a long value. The valid range is
0 to 9999 milliseconds. The Manual RTS mode has been
designed for use with radio modems.

_SharedConnection Status Tag The _SharedConnection tag indicates that the port
settings are being shared with another channel.

_StopBits Parameter The _StopBits tag allows the stop bits of the driver to be
Control changed at will. The _StopBits tag is defined as a signed
Tag 8-bit value. Valid data bit selections are 1 and 2.

_UnsolicitedEncapsulationPort Parameter The _UnsolicitedEncapsulationPort tag controls the
Control Ethernet port that has been opened to allow connections.
Tag The valid range is 0 to 65535.

_ Parameter The _UnsolicitedEncapsulationProtocol tag controls the
UnsolicitedEncapsulationProtocol Control Ethernet protocol used to connect to the Unsolicited
Tag Encapsulation Port. Options include TCP/IP and UDP.

_WriteOptimizationDutyCycle Parameter The _WriteOptimizationDutyCycle tag allows the duty
www. kepware.com
107 KEPServerEX V6

Control cycle of the write to read ratio to be changed at will. The
Tag duty cycle controls how many writes the driver will do for
each read it performs. The _WriteOptimizationDutyCycle
is defined as an unsigned long value. The valid range is 1
to 10 write per read. For more information, refer to
Channel Properties - Write Optimizations.
Channel-Level System Tags for Ethernet Drivers

Syntax Example: <Channel name>._System._NetworkAdapter

_AvailableNetworkAdapters Status Tag The _AvailableNetworkAdapters tag lists the available
NICs and includes both unique NIC cards and NICs that
have multiple IPs assigned to them. Additionally this tag
also displays any WAN connections that are active, such
as a dial-up connection. This tag is provided as a string
tag and can be used to determine the network adapters
available for use on this PC. The string returned contains
all of the NIC names and their IP assignments. A
semicolon separates each unique NIC to allow the
names to be parsed within an OPC application. For a
serial driver, this tag is only used if Ethernet

_Description Status Tag The _Description tag indicates the current user-defined
text description for the channel it is referencing.

_EnableDiagnostics Parameter The _EnableDiagnostics tag allows the diagnostic system
Control of the driver to be enabled and disabled. The diagnostic
Tag system places a little additional burden on the driver
while enabled. As such the server allows diagnostics to
be enabled or disabled to improve the driver's
performance. When disabled, the Diagnostics tags will
not be available. For more information, refer to
Statistics Tags.

_EncapsulationPort Parameter The _EncapsulationPort tag controls the port used for
Control Ethernet connections. The valid range is 0 to 65535.
Tag
_EncapsulationProtocol prop Parameter The _EncapsulationProtocol tag controls the protocol
Control used for Ethernet connections. Options include TCP/IP
Tag and UDP.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 108

_FloatHandlingType Parameter The _FloatHandlingType tag allows the current channel-
Control level float handling to be changed. It exists in the
Tag channel-level _System folder. For more information,
refer to Channel Properties - Advanced.

_InterDeviceDelayMS Parameter The _InterDeviceDelayMS tag specifies the amount of
Control time that the channel will delay sending a request to the
Tag next device after the data has been received from the
current device on the same channel. The valid range is 0
to 60000 milliseconds. The default setting is 0.
Note: This tag is only available on channels that use

protocols that utilize the Inter-Device Delay.
This tag is a read/write tag.

_NetworkAdapter Parameter The _NetworkAdapter tag allows the current NIC adapter
Control in use by the driver to be changed at will. As a string tag,
Tag the name of the newly desired NIC adapter must be
written to this tag in string format. The string written
must match the exact description of the desired NIC for
the change to take effect. NIC names can be obtained
from the _AvailableNetworkAdapters tag listed above.
For a serial driver, this tag will only be used if Ethernet
Note: When changing the NIC selection, the driver is

forced to break all current device connections and
reconnect.

_UnsolicitedEncapsulationPort Parameter The _UnsolicitedEncapsulationPort tag controls the
Control Ethernet port that has been opened to allow connections.
Tag The valid range is 0 to 65535.

_ Parameter The _UnsolicitedEncapsulationProtocol tag controls the
UnsolicitedEncapsulationProtocol Control Ethernet protocol used to connect to the Unsolicited
Tag Encapsulation Port. Options include TCP/IP and UDP.

_WriteOptimizationDutyCycle Parameter The _WriteOptimizationDutyCycle tag allows the duty
Control cycle of the write to read ratio to be changed at will. The
Tag duty cycle controls how many writes the driver will do for
each read it performs. The _WriteOptimizationDutyCycle
is defined as an unsigned long value. The valid range is 1
www. kepware.com
109 KEPServerEX V6

to 10 write per read. For more information, refer to
Channel Properties - Write Optimizations.
Device-Level System Tags for both Serial and Ethernet Drivers

Syntax Example: <Channel Name>.<Device Name>._System._Error

_AutoCreateTagDatabase Parameter The _AutoCreateTagDatabase tag is a Boolean tag that is
Control used to initiate the automatic OPC tag database functions of
Tag this driver for the device to which this tag is attached. When
this tag is set True, the communications driver will attempt to
automatically generate an OPC tag database for this device.
This tag will not appear for drivers that do not support
Automatic OPC Tag Database Generation.

_AutoDemoted Status Tag The _AutoDemoted tag is a Boolean tag that returns the
current auto-demoted state of the device. When False, the
device is not demoted and is being scanned by the driver.
When set True, the device is in demoted and not being
scanned by the driver.

_ Parameter The _AutoDemotionDiscardWrites tag is a Boolean tag that
AutoDemotionDiscardWrites Control specifies whether or not write requests should be discarded
Tag during the demotion period. When this tag is set to False, all
writes requests are performed regardless of the _
AutoDemoted state. When this tag is set to True, all writes
are discarded during the demotion period.

_AutoDemotionEnabled Parameter The _AutoDemotionEnabled tag is a Boolean tag that allows
Control the device to be automatically demoted for a specific time
Tag period when the device is unresponsive. When this tag is set
False, the device will never be demoted. When this tag is set
True, the device is demoted when the _
AutoDemotedFailureCount has been reached.

_AutoDemotedFailureCount Parameter The _AutoDemotedFailureCount tag specifies how many
Control successive failures it takes to demote a device. The _
Tag AutoDemotedFailureCount is defined as a long data type. The
valid range is 1 to 30. This tag can only be written to if _
AutoDemotionEnabled is set to True.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 110

_AutoDemotionIntervalMS Parameter The _AutoDemotionIntervalMS tag specifics how long, in
Control milliseconds, a device is demoted before re-attempting to
Tag communicate with the device. The _AutoDemotionIntervalMS
is defined as a long data type. The valid range is 100 to
3600000 milliseconds. This tag can only be written to if _
AutoDemotionEnabled is set to True.

_ConnectTimeout Parameter The _ConnectTimeout tag allows the timeout associated with
Control making an IP connection to a device to be changed at will.
Tag This tag is available when either a native Ethernet driver is in
use or a serial driver is in Ethernet Encapsulation mode. The _
ConnectTimeout is defined as a Long data type. The valid
range is 1 to 30 seconds.

_DemandPoll Status / The _DemandPoll tag issues a device read to all the active
Control client items associated with the device. This is the equivalent
Tag of a client performing an asynchronous device read for those
items. It takes priority over any scheduled reads that are
supposed to occur for items that are being actively scanned.
The _DemandPoll tag becomes True (1) when written to. It

returns to False (0) when the final active tag signals that the
read requests have completed. Subsequent writes to the _
DemandPoll tag will fail until the tag value returns to False.
The demand poll respects the read/write duty cycle for the
channel.

_Description Status Tag The _Description tag indicates the current user-defined text
description for the device it is referencing.

_DeviceId Parameter The _DeviceId tag allows the ID of the device to be changed at
Control will. The data format of the _DeviceId depends on the type of
Tag device. For most serial devices this tag is a Long data type.
For Ethernet drivers the _DeviceId is formatted as a string
tag, allowing the entry of an IP address. In either case, writing
a new device ID to this tag will cause the driver to change the
target field device. This will only occur if the device ID written
to this tag is correctly formatted and within the valid range for
the given driver.

_Enabled Parameter The _Enabled tag is a Boolean tag that allows the active state
Control of the device to be turned On or Off. When this tag is set
Tag False, all other user-defined tags and data from this device is
marked as invalid and writes will not be accepted for the
www. kepware.com
111 KEPServerEX V6

device. When this tag is set True, normal communications will
occur with the device.

_EncapsulationIp Parameter The _EncapsulationIp tag allows the IP of a remote terminal
Control server to be specified and changed at will. This tag is only
Tag available on serial drivers that support Device Properties -
Ethernet Encapsulation mode. The _EncapsulationIp is
defined as a string data type, allowing the entry of an IP
address number. The server will reject entry of invalid IP
addresses. This tag is only valid for a serial driver in Ethernet
Encapsulation mode.

_EncapsulationPort Parameter The _EncapsulationPort tag allows the port number of the
Control remote terminal server to be specified and changed. The _
Tag EncapsulationPort is defined as a long data type. The valid
range is 0 to 65535. The port number entered in this tag must
match that of the desired remote terminal server for proper
Ethernet Encapsulation to occur. This tag is only valid for a
serial driver in Ethernet Encapsulation mode.

_EncapsulationProtocol Parameter The _EncapsulationProtocol tag allows the IP protocol used
Control for Ethernet Encapsulation to be specified and changed. The _
Tag EncapsulationProtocol is defined as a string data type. Writing
either "TCP/IP" or "UDP" to the tag specifies the IP protocol.
The protocol used must match that of the remote terminal
server for proper Ethernet Encapsulation to occur. This tag is
only valid for a serial driver in Ethernet Encapsulation mode.

_Error Status Tag The _Error tag is a Boolean tag that returns the current error
state of the device. When False, the device is operating
properly. When set True, the driver has detected an error
when communicating with this device. A device enters an
error state if it has completed the cycle of request timeouts
and retries without a response.
Note: For more information, refer to Device Properties -

Timing.

_FailedConnection Status Tag The _FailedConnection tag specifies that the connection
failed. It is only available to specific drivers.

_InterRequestDelay Parameter The _InterRequestDelay tag allows the time interval between
Control
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 112

Tag device transactions to be changed at will. The _
InterRequestDelay is defined as a Long data type. The valid
range is 0 to 30000 milliseconds. This tag only applies to
drivers that support this feature.

_RequestAttempts Parameter The _RequestAttempts tag allows the number of retry
Control attempts to be changed at will. The _RequestAttempts is
Tag defined as a Long value. The valid range is 1 to 10 retries.
This tag applies to all drivers equally.

_RequestTimeout Parameter The _RequestTimeout tag allows the timeout associated with
Control a data request to be changed at will. The _RequestTimeout
Tag tag is defined as a Long value. The valid range is 100 to
30000 milliseconds. This tag applies to all drivers equally.

_NoError Status Tag The _NoError tag is a Boolean tag that returns the current
error state of the device. When True, the device is operating
properly. When False, the driver has detected an error when
communicating with this device. A device enters an error
state if it has completed the cycle of request timeouts and
retries without a response.
Note: For more information, refer to Device Properties

- Timing.

_ScanMode Status Tag The _ScanMode tag allows clients to dictate the method used
for updates. It is defined as a String value, and corresponds to
the user-specified ScanMode setting (located in device
properties). "Respect client specified scan rate" has a value of
"UseClientRate," "Request data no faster than x" has a value
of "UseFloorRate," and "Request all data at x" has a value of
"ForceAllToFloorRate." The default setting is "Respect client
specified scan rate."

_ScanRateMs Status Tag The _ScanRateMs tag corresponds to the _ScanMode tag, and
is used when the Scan Mode is set to Request Data No Faster
than Scan Rate or Request All Data at Scan Rate. This tag is
defined as a DWord tag. The default setting is 1000
milliseconds.

_SecondsInError Status Tag The _SecondsInError tag is a DWord tag that displays the
number of seconds since the device entered an error state.
This tag displays 0 when the device is not in an error state.
www. kepware.com
113 KEPServerEX V6

_Simulated Status Tag The _Simulated tag is a Boolean tag that provides feedback
about the simulation state of the current device. When read
as True, this device is in a simulation mode. While in
simulation mode, the server will return good data for this
device but will not attempt to communicate with the actual
physical device. When tag is read as False, communication
with the physical device is active.
When using an OPC client, the System tags are found under the _System branch of the server browse space
for a given device. The following image taken from the supplied OPC Quick Client shows how the System
tags appear to an OPC client.
The _System branch found under the DeviceName branch is always available. If referencing a system tag
from a DDE application given the above example and the DDE defaults, the link would appear as "<DDE
service name>|_ddedata!Channel1.Device1._System._Error".
The _Enabled tag provides a very flexible means of controlling the OPC applications. In some cases,
specifically in modem applications, it can be convenient to disable all devices except the device currently
connected to the modem. Additionally, using the _Enable tag to allow the application to turn a particular
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 114
device off while the physical device is being serviced can eliminate harmless but unwanted communications
errors in the server's Event Log.
See Also:
Property Tags
Modem Tags
Statistics Tags
Property Tags
Property tags are used to provide read-only access to tag properties for client applications. To access a tag
property, append the property name to the fully qualified tag address that has been defined in the server's
tag database. For more information, refer to Tag Properties - General.
If the fully qualified tag address is "Channel1.Device1.Tag1," its description can be accessed by appending
the description property as "Channel1.Device1.Tag1._Description".
Supported Property Tag Names

Tag Name Description
_Name The _Name property tag indicates the current name for the tag it is
referencing.
_Address The _Address property tag indicates the current address for the tag it is
referencing.
_Description The _Description property tag indicates the current description for the tag it is
referencing.
_RawDataType The _RawDataType property tag indicates the raw data type for the tag it is
referencing.
_ScalingType The _ScalingType property tag indicates the scaling type (None, Linear or
Square Root) for the tag it is referencing.
_ScalingRawLow The _ScalingRawLow property tag indicates the raw low range for the tag it is
referencing. If scaling is set to none this value contains the default value if
scaling was applied.
_ScalingRawHigh The _ScalingRawHigh property tag indicates the raw high range for the tag it is
_ The _ScalingScaledDataType property tag indicates the scaled to data type for
ScalingScaledDataType the tag it is referencing. If scaling is set to none this value contains the default
value if scaling was applied.
_ScalingScaledLow The _ScalingScaledLow property tag indicates the scaled low range for the tag
it is referencing. If scaling is set to none this value contains the default value if
_ScalingScaledHigh The _ScalingScaledHigh property tag indicates the scaled high range for the tag
it is referencing. If scaling is set to none this value contains the default value if
_ScalingClampLow The _ScalingClampLow property tag indicates whether the scaled low value
should be clamped for the tag it is referencing. If scaling is set to none this
value contains the default value if scaling was applied.
_ScalingClampHigh The _ScalingClampHigh property tag indicates whether the scaled high value
should be clamped for the tag it is referencing. If scaling is set to none this
value contains the default value if scaling was applied.
www. kepware.com
115 KEPServerEX V6

_ScalingUnits The _ScalingUnits property tag indicates the scaling units for the tag it is
See Also:
Statistics Tags
Modem Tags
System Tags
Statistics Tags
Statistics tags are used to provide feedback to client applications regarding the operation of the channel
communications in the server. Statistics tags are only available when diagnostics are enabled. For more
information, refer to Channel Diagnostics and OPC Diagnostics Viewer.
Syntax Example: <Channel Name>._Statistics._FailedReads
Supported Statistics Tag Names

_SuccessfulReads The _SuccessfulReads tag contains a count of the number of reads this channel has
completed successfully since the start of the application or since the last time the _
Reset tag was invoked. This tag is formatted as unsigned 32-bit integer and will
eventually rollover. This tag is read only.
_SuccessfulWrites The _SuccessfulWrites tag contains a count of the number of writes this channel has
completed successfully since the start of the application or since the last time the _
Reset tag was invoked. This tag is formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer and will
_FailedReads The _FailedReads tag contains a count of the number of reads this channel has
failed to complete since the start of the application or since the last time the _Reset
tag was invoked. This count is only incremented after the channel has failed the
request based on the configured timeout and retry count for the device. This tag is
formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer and will eventually rollover. This tag is read
only.
_FailedWrites The _FailedWrites tag contains a count of the number of writes this channel has
failed to complete since the start of the application or since the last time the _Reset
tag was invoked. This count is only incremented after the channel has failed the
request based on the configured timeout and retry count for the device. This tag is
formatted as unsigned 32-bit integer and will eventually rollover. This tag is read
only.
_RxBytes* The _RxBytes tag contains a count of the number of bytes the channel has received
from connected devices since the start of the application or since the last time the _
Reset tag was invoked. This tag is formatted as unsigned 32-bit integer and will
_TxBytes The _TxBytes tag contains a count of the number of bytes the channel has sent to
connected devices since the start of the application or since the last time the _Reset
tag was invoked. This tag is formatted as unsigned 32-bit integer and will eventually
rollover. This tag is read only.
_Reset The _Reset tag can be used to reset all diagnostic counters. The _Reset tag is
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 116

formatted as a Boolean tag. Writing a non-zero value to the _Reset tag will cause the
diagnostic counters to be reset. This tag is read/write.
_ The _MaxPendingReads tag contains a count of the maximum number of pending
MaxPendingReads read requests for the channel since the start of the application (or the _Reset tag)
was invoked. This tag is formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer. The tag is read
only.
_ The _MaxPendingWrites tag contains a count of the maximum number of pending
MaxPendingWrites write requests for the channel since the start of the application (or the _Reset tag)
was invoked. This tag is formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer. The tag is read
only.
_PendingReads The _PendingReads tag contains a count of the current pending read requests for
the channel. This tag is formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer. The tag is read
only.
_PendingWrites The _PendingWrites tag contains a count of the current pending write requests for
the channel. This tag is formatted as an unsigned 32-bit integer. This tag is read
only.
* This statistical item is not updated in simulation mode (See Device Properties).
Statistics tags are only available when diagnostics are enabled. To access from an OPC client, the diagnostic
tags can be browsed from the _Statistics branch of the server browse space for a given channel. The
following image is taken from the OPC Quick Client, and shows how a Diagnostics tag appears to an OPC
client.
www. kepware.com
117 KEPServerEX V6
The _Statistics branch (located beneath the channel branch) only appears when diagnostics are enabled for
the channel. To reference a Diagnostics tag from a DDE application, given the above example and the DDE
defaults, the link would appear as: "<DDE service name>|_ddedata!Channel1._Statistics._SuccessfulReads".
The Diagnostics tag's value can also be viewed in the server by using the Communication Diagnostics
Viewer. If Diagnostics Capture is enabled under Channel Properties, right-click on that channel and select
Diagnostics.
See Also:
System Tags
Property Tags
Modem Tags
The following tags are created automatically for the channel when modem use is selected.
Syntax Example: <Channel Name>.<Device Name>._Modem._Dial
Supported Modem Tag Names

Tag Name Description Access
_Dial Writing any value to this tag initiates dialing of the current PhoneNumber. Read/Write
The write is ignored unless the current Status is 3 (Idle). An error is
reported if the is current phone number has not been initialized.
Attempting to issue a dial command while the Mode tag is set to 2
(incoming call only) generates an error.
_DialNumber The DialNumber tag shows the phone number that is actually dialed, after Read Only
any dialing preference translations have been applied (such as the
addition of an area code). This tag is intended for debugging purposes. It
can provide useful feedback to an operator if phone numbers are entered
manually.
_Hangup Writing any value to this tag hangs up the current connection. The Hangup Read/Write
tag ends the current connection when an external device has called the
server. Writes to the Hangup tag are ignored if the Status <= 3 (Idle),
meaning that there is no currently open connection.
_LastEvent Whenever the Status changes, the reason for the change is set in this tag Read Only
as a number. For a list of event numbers and meanings, refer to Last
Event Values.
_Mode This allows for configuring the line for calling only, answering only or both. Read/Write
Writing a 1 to the Mode tag sets the line for outgoing calls only, no
incoming calls are answered when in this mode. Writing a 2 to the Mode
tag sets the line for incoming calls only, requests to dial out (writes to the
Dial tag) are ignored. The default setting is 0, which allows for both
outgoing and incoming calls.
This value can only be changed when the Status is <= 3 (Idle).
_PhoneNumber This is the current phone number to be dialed. Users can write to this Read/Write
value at any time, but the change is only effective if Status is <= 3 (Idle). If
users write to the phone number while the status is greater than 3, the
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 118
Tag Name Description Access

number is queued. As soon as the status drops to 3 or less, the new
number is transferred to the tag. The queue is of size 1, so only the last
phone number written is retained.
The phone number must be in canonical format to apply the dialing

preferences. If the canonical format is used, the resulting number to be
dialed (after dialing preferences have been applied) can be displayed as
the DialNumber.
Canonical format is the following:

+<country code>[space](<area code>)[space]<phone number>
example: +1 (207) 846-5881
Note: The country code for the U.S. is 1.
If the number is not in canonical form, dialing preferences are not applied.
The number is dialed exactly as it is entered. Users can also enter a
Phonebook tag name instead of a phone number. In this case, the current
value of the Phonebook tag is used.
_Status This is the current status of the modem assigned to a channel. For a list of Read Only
status values and meanings, refer to Status Values.
_ This contains a textual representation of the LastEvent tag value. For a list Read Only
StringLastEvent of event numbers and meanings, refer to Last Event String Values.
_StringStatus This contains a textual representation of the Status tag value. For a list of Read Only
event numbers and meanings, refer to Status String Values.
Status Values
The five lowest bits of the 32-bit status variable are currently being used.
Bit Meaning
0 Initialized with TAPI
1 Line open
2 Connected
3 Calling
4 Answering
When read as an integer, the value of the Status tag is always one of the following:
Value Meaning
0 Un-initialized, the channel is not usable
1 Initialized, no line open
3 Line open and the state is idle
7 Connected
11 Calling
19 Answering
www. kepware.com
119 KEPServerEX V6
Status String Values

Status Value StringStatus Text
0 Uninitialized, channel is unusable
1 Initialized, no line open
3 Idle
7 Connected
11 Calling
19 Answering
Last Event Values

LastEvent Reason for Change
-1 <blank> [no events have occurred yet]
1 Line closed
2 Line opened
3 Line connected
4 Line dropped by user
5 Line dropped at remote site
6 No answer
7 Line busy
8 No dial tone
9 Incoming call detected
10 User dialed
11 Invalid phone number
12 Hardware error on line caused line close
Last Event String Values

LastEvent StringLastEvent
-1 <blank> [no events have occurred yet]
1 Line closed
2 Line opened
3 Line connected
4 Line dropped by user
5 Line dropped at remote site
6 No answer
7 Line busy
8 No dial tone
9 Incoming call detected
10 User dialed
11 Invalid phone number
12 Hardware error on line caused line close
13 Unable to dial
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 120
Communication Serialization Tags

Syntax Example: <Channel Name>._CommunicationSerialization._VirtualNetwork
Tag Description
_NetworkOwner The _NetworkOwner tag indicates if the channel currently owns
control of communications on the network. The frequency of
Class: Status Tag change reflects how often the channel is granted control.
This tag is read only.

_Registered The _Registered tag indicates whether the channel is currently
registered to a virtual network. After setting the _
Class: Status Tag VirtualNetwork, the channel unregisters from the network it is
currently registered to (indicated in _RegisteredTo) when it is
capable of doing so. In other words, if the channel owns control
during the switch, it cannot unregister until it has released
control. Upon unregistering, the channel registers with new
virtual network. This tag is FALSE if _VirtualNetwork is None.

_RegisteredTo The _RegisteredTo tag indicates the virtual network to which
the channel is currently registered. After setting the _
Class: Status Tag VirtualNetwork, the channel unregisters from the network it is
currently registered to when it is capable of doing so. In other
words, if the channel owns control during the switch, it cannot
unregister until it has released control. Upon unregistering, the
channel registers with new virtual network. This tag indicates if
there are delays switching networks as _VirtualNetwork and _
RegisteredTo could differ for a period of time. This tag is N/A if
_VirtualNetwork is None.

_ The _StatisticAvgNetworkOwnershipTimeSec tag indicates how
StatisticAvgNetworkOwnershipTimeSec long on average the channel holds ownership of control since
the start of the application (or since the last time _
Class: Status Tag StatisticsReset was written to). This tag helps identify busy
channels/bottlenecks. This tag is formatted as a 32-bit floating
point and may eventually rollover.

_StatisticNetworkOwnershipCount The _StatisticNetworkOwnershipCount tag indicates the
number of times the channel has been granted control of
Class: Status Tag communications since the start of the application (or since the
last time _StatisticsReset was written to). This tag is formatted
as an unsigned 32-bit integer and may eventually rollover.

_StatisticNetworkOwnershipTimeSec The _StatisticNetworkOwnershipTimeSec tag indicates how
long in seconds the channel has held ownership since the start
Class: Status Tag of the application (or since the last time _StatisticsReset was
www. kepware.com
121 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Description
written to). This tag is formatted as a 32-bit floating point and
may eventually rollover.

_StatisticsReset The _StatisticsReset tag can be used to reset all the statistic
counters. The _StatisticsReset tag is formatted as a Boolean
tag. Writing a non-zero value to the _StatisticsReset tag causes
the statistics counters to be reset.
This tag is read/write.

_TransactionsPerCycle The _TransactionsPerCycle tag indicates the number of
read/write transactions that occur on the channel when taking
turns with other channels in a virtual network. It allows the
channel-level setting to be changed from a client application.
This tag is formatted as a signed 32-bit integer (Long). The
valid range is 1 to 99. The default setting is 1.

_VirtualNetwork The _VirtualNetwork tag allows the virtual network selection for
the channel to be changed on the fly. As a string tag, the
Class: Parameter Tag desired virtual network must be written to the tag as a string
value using the following possible selections: None, Network 1,
Network 2, ---, Network 50. To disable communication
serialization, select None.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 122
Communications Management
Auto-Demotion
The Auto-Demotion properties allow a driver to temporarily place a device off-scan in the event that a device
is not responding. By placing a non-responsive device offline, the driver can continue to optimize its
communications with other devices on the same channel by stopping communications with the non-
responsive device for a specific time period. After the specific time period has been reached, the driver re-
attempts to communicate with the non-responsive device. If the device is responsive, the device is placed
on-scan; otherwise, it restarts its off-scan time period.
For more information, refer to Device Properties - Auto-Demotion.
Network Interface Selection

An NIC card can be selected for use with any Ethernet driver or serial driver running in Ethernet
Encapsulation mode. The Network Interface feature is used to select a specific NIC card based on either the
NIC name or its currently assigned IP address. The list of available NICs includes both unique NIC cards and
NICs that have multiple IPs assigned to them. The selection displays any WAN connections that may be
active (such as a dial-up connection).
Ethernet Encapsulation
The Ethernet Encapsulation mode has been designed to provide communications with serial devices
connected to terminal servers on the Ethernet network. A terminal server is essentially a virtual serial port:
the terminal server converts TCP/IP messages on the Ethernet network to serial data. Once the message
has been converted to a serial form, users can connect standard devices that support serial
communications to the terminal server. Using a terminal server device allows users to place RS-232 and RS-
485 devices throughout the plant operations while still allowing a single localized PC to access the remotely
mounted devices. Furthermore, the Ethernet Encapsulation mode allows an individual network IP address to
be assigned to each device as needed. By using multiple terminal servers, users can access hundreds of
serial devices from a single PC via the Ethernet network.
For more information, refer to How Do I... and Device Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation.
Modem Support
This server supports the use of modems to connect to remote devices, which is established through the use
of special modem tags that become available at the channel-level when a dial-up network connection has
been created. These channel-level modem tags can be used to dial a remote device, monitor the modem
status while connected and terminate the call when completed.
Note:Not all serial drivers support the use of modems. To determine modem support, refer to the specific
driver's help documentation.
When accessing the modem systems tags, the channel name can be used as either a base group or topic
name. To be available, modems must be configured with the operating system through the Control Panel
settings.
Once the modem has been properly installed, it can be enabled by selecting Modem as the Physical Medium
in the channel properties.
For specific setup information, refer to the Windows and modem documentation.
Important: Many new commercial modems are designed to dial-up network server connections and
negotiate the fastest and clearest signal. When communicating to a serial automation device, the modem
needs to connect at a specific Baud (Bits per Second) and Parity. For this reason, an external modem (which
can be configured to dial using specific Baud Rate and Parity settings) is strongly recommended. To
determine the best modem for a specific application, refer to Technical Support. For examples on how to use
a modem in a project, refer to Using a Modem in the Server Project.
www. kepware.com
123 KEPServerEX V6
Using a Modem in the Server Project

Modems convert serial data from the RS-232 port into signal levels that can be transmitted over the phone
line. To do this, they break down each byte of the serial data into bits that are used to generate the signal
transmitted. Most modems can convert up to 10 bits of information for every byte of data that is sent.
Devices must be able to use 10 bits or less to communicate through a modem. To determine the number of
bits being used by a specific device, refer to the formula below.
Start Bits + Data Bits + Parity + Stop Bits = Total Bit Count
For example, the Modbus RTU Driver is configured to use 8 Data Bits, Even Parity, 1 Stop Bit, and 1 Start Bit.
When plugged into the formula, it would be 1 + 8 + 1 + 1, which equals 11 bits. A normal modem could not
transmit data to this Modbus device. If Parity is changed to None, it would be 1 + 8 + 0 + 1, which equals 10
Bits. A normal modem could transmit data to this Modbus device.
Some drivers cannot be configured to use a 10-bit or less data format, and so cannot use standard modems.
Instead, they require modems that can handle transmitting 11 data bits. For drivers that fall into this
category, consult the device's manufacturer for recommendations on an appropriate modem vendor.
Modem operation is available for all serial drivers, regardless of driver support for modem operation.
Configuring the Initiating Modem

This server uses the Windows TAPI interface to access modems attached to the PC. The TAPI interface was
designed to provide Windows programs a common interface that could be accessed by a range of modems
existing in a PC. A set of drivers provided by the modem's manufacturer for the Windows OS must be
installed before the server can use the modem in a project. The Windows Control Panel can be used to
install new modems.
For information regarding modem installation and setup, refer to both the Windows and the modem's
documentation.
Once the modem has been properly installed, users can begin using it in a server project. The receiving end,
or the device modem, must be properly configured before it can be used. Users must confirm that the
receiving modem matches the profile provided by the driver.
Cables
Before the project can be used, the cable connection must be configured between the receiving modem and
the device. Three cables are required: the existing device communication cable for direct connection, a
NULL modem adapter, and a NULL modem cable. A NULL modem cable is connected to the modem, and all
pins are connected to the same pins on both ends of the cable. The device communication cable is used to
connect to the target device, and usually has pins 2 and 3 reversed. Because the cable being used to talk to
the device for the direct connection is working by this point, it can be used on the receiving modem by
attaching a NULL modem adapter. Similarly, a PC modem cable runs from the PC to the initiating modem.
With the cables in place, a modem can now be used in the application.
Note:NULL modem adapters can be found at most computer stores.
Example: Server-side Modem Configuration

After the modems have been configured and installed, they can be used with the server.
1. To start, load the direct connect project and double-click on the channel name. In Channel
Properties, open the Serial Communications group.
2. In the Physical Medium drop-down menu, select Modem.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 124
3. In Modem Settings, select a modem that is available on the computer.
Note: Users are not able to select Modem from the Physical Medium drop-down menu if there
are none available on the computer. If this occurs, exit the server and attempt to reinstall the modem
using the Modem Configuration tools supplied by the operating system.
4. To configure the initiating modem's characteristics, use the properties in Modem Settings. For more
information, refer to Channel Properties - Serial Communications.
5. Once finished, click Apply. Then, click OK to save and exit the Channel Properties.
Using a Modem in an Application

Once modem operation has been enabled, a list of pre-defined tags are available to data clients. These
Modem tags control and monitor an attached modem, and are contained under the channel name (which
has become an active OPC access path through which the Modem tags are accessed). Because the server
knows very little about what the application needs for modem control, it does not imply any type of control.
By using the predefined Modem tags, users can apply the application's scripting capabilities to control how
the server uses the selected modem.
Phonebook
A Phonebook is a collection of Phonebook tags (Phone Numbers) that can be used in place of specifying a
telephone number written to the _PhoneNumber tag in the Modem system tags. The Phonebook is
automatically created for any channel that has the Physical Medium set to Modem. The data associated
with a Phonebook tag is a phone number to be dialed by the server. The act of a client writing to a
Phonebook tag causes the server to dial the phone number associated with that tag.
Data Type Privilege

String Read/Write
Phonebook tags are created by creating new entries in the Phonebook. To add a new Phonebook entry click
on the Phonebook node in the project tree and then click New Phone Number icon.
This opens the Phone Number property editor.
Name: Specify the name of the phone number entry. It will be part of the OPC browse data in the _
Phonebook system tag group. It can be up to 256 characters in length. While using descriptive names is
generally a good idea, some OPC client applications may have a limited display window when browsing the
tag space of an OPC server. The Name of a phone number must be unique within a Phonebook.
Number: Specify the phone number to be dialed when the associated Phonebook tag is invoked from an
OPC client application. A string of up to 64 digits can be entered.
Description: Enter text to attach a comment to the phone number entry. It can be up to 255 characters in
length.
Note: With the servers online full-time operation, these parameters can be changed at any time.
Changes made to properties take effect immediately; however, OPC clients that have already connected to
this tag are not affected until they release and reacquire the tag.
Auto-Dial Priority
www. kepware.com
125 KEPServerEX V6
When Auto-Dial has been enabled for the channel, the initial connection request begins by attempting to dial
the first entry encountered in the Phonebook. If that attempt is unsuccessful, the next number in the
phonebook is attempted and so on. This sequence continues until a modem connection is established or the
client releases all references to data that can be supplied by the channel. The order priority that Auto-Dial
uses to dial is user defined and can be changed by selecting a Phonebook entry and clicking one of the
Priority Change icons as shown below. They can also be changed by opening the context menu for the
selected entry.
Example
For a Phonebook entry created and the name set to Site1:
Syntax Example: <Channel Name>._Phonebook.Site1
Auto-Dial
Auto-Dial automates the actions required of a client application when modem use is specified within the
server project. Without Auto-Dial , these actions (which include connecting, disconnecting, and assigning
phone numbers) would be performed by an external client application through the use of channel-level
Modem tags. For example, to begin the process of establishing a connection, the client would write a dial
string to "<Channel Name>._Modem._PhoneNumber" and write a value to "<Channel Name>._Modem._Dial".
When data from the remote device is no longer needed, the client would end the call by writing to "<Channel
Name>._Modem._Hangup".
Auto-Dial relieves the client of these responsibilities by automatically dialing phone numbers defined in the
Phonebook when attempting to establish a connection. The connection is automatically dropped when there
are no client references to tags that rely on the modem connection. To access the Auto-Dial property, click
Channel Properties | Serial Communications.
For more information, refer to Channel Properties - Serial Communications.
Modem Connection and Disconnection

The process of establishing a modem connection begins when a client connects to the server Runtime and
requests data from a device connection to a channel on which Auto-Dial is enabled. The initial connection
request begins by attempting to dial the first phone number encountered in the phonebook. If that attempt is
unsuccessful, the next number in the phonebook is attempted and so on. This sequence continues until a
modem connection is established or the client releases all references to data that can be supplied by the
channel.
Note: When re-establishing a connection, the phonebook entry that last produced a successful
connection is used. If no previous phonebook entry was successful (or if the entry has since been deleted),
the user-defined sequence of phone numbers is used. The number used for re-dialing is not preserved
during server reinitialization or restart.
See Also: Phonebook
Timing
Timing settings (such as how long to wait for a connection before proceeding to the next phone number) are
determined by the TAPI modem configuration and not by any specific Modem Auto-Dial setting.
Note: Some drivers do not allow the serial port to close once it has opened. Connections established
using these drivers do not experience disconnection until all client references have been released (unless
the TAPI settings are configured to disconnect after a period of idle time).
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 126
Client Access
Modem tags may be used to exert client-level control over the modem. If Modem Auto-Dialing is enabled,
however, write access to the Modem tags is restricted so that only one form of access is possible. The
Modem tags' values are updated just as they would if the client were in control of the modem.
Changing the Auto-Dial Settings from the Configuration

The runtime reacts to changes in settings according to the following rules:
l If Auto-Dial is enabled after the client has already dialed the modem and established a connection,
the change is ignored until the modem is disconnected. If the client is still requesting data from the
channel at the time of disconnection, the initial connection sequence begins.
l If Auto-Dial is enabled while no modem connection exists and data is being requested from the
channel by the client, the initial connection sequence begins.
l If Auto-Dial is disabled while an existing auto-dial connection exists, no action is taken and the
connection is dropped.
See Also:Channel Properties - Serial Communications
www. kepware.com
127 KEPServerEX V6
Designing a Project
The following examples use the Simulator Driver supplied with the server to demonstrate the process of
creating, configuring, and running a project. The Simulator Driver is a memory-based driver that provides
both static and changing data for demonstration purposes. Because it does not support the range of
configuration options found in other communication drivers, some examples may use images from other
drivers to demonstrate specific product features. For more information on a specific topic, select a link from
the list below.
Running the Server

Starting a New Project
Adding and Configuring a Channel
Adding and Configuring a Device
Adding User-Defined Tags
Generating Multiple Tags
Adding Tag Scaling
Saving a Project
Testing a Project
For information on software and hardware requirements, refer to System Requirements.
Running the Server

This server can be run as both a service and as a desktop application. When running in the default setting as
a service, the server is online at all times. When running as a desktop application, the OPC client can
automatically invoke the server when it attempts to connect and collect data. For either process to work
correctly, users must first create and configure a project. On start, the server automatically loads the most
recently used project.
Initially, users must manually invoke the server. To do so, either double-click the desktop icon or select
Configuration from the Administration menu located in the System Tray. The interface's appearance
depends on the changes made by the user.
Once the server is running, a project may be created.
For more information on the server elements, refer to Basic Server Components. For more information on
the user interface, refer to Navigating the Configuration.
Starting a New Project

Users must configure the server to determine what content is provided during operation. A server project
includes the definition of channels, devices, tag groups, and tags. These factors exist in the context of a
project file. As with many applications, a number of project files can be defined, saved, and loaded.
Some configuration options are global and applied to all projects. These global options are configured in the
Tools | Options dialog, which includes both General Options and Runtime Connection Options.These
settings are stored in a Windows INI file called "settings.ini," which is stored in the Application Data directory
selected during installation. Although global options are usually stored in the Windows registry, the INI file
supports the copying of these global settings from one machine to another.
The software opens initially with a default project open. That file can be edited, saved, and closed like any
other file.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 128
1. To define a new project, choose File | New.
2. If prompted to close, save, or edit offline.
3. Choose File | Save As and choose the location in which to store the file.
4. Click Save.
5. Begin configuring the project file by Adding a Channel.
See Also:Options - General
Adding and Configuring a Channel

When creating a new project, users must first determine the communications driver that is required by the
application: this is referred to as a channel in the server. A number of channels can be defined within a
single project, depending on the driver or drivers installed. For more information, refer to the instructions
below.
1. To start, add a new channel to the project by:

clicking Edit | Connectivity | New Channel - OR -
clicking the New Channel icon on the toolbar - OR -

right-clicking on the Connectivity node in the tree and choosing New Channel
2. In the channel wizard, leave the channel name at its default setting "Channel1". Then, click Next.
3. In Device Driver, select the communications driver to be applied to the channel. Then, click Next. In
this example, the Simulator Driver is used.
www. kepware.com
129 KEPServerEX V6
4. For the Simulator Driver, the next page is Channel Summary. Other devices may have additional
channel wizard pages that allow the configuration of other properties (such as communications port,
baud rate, and parity). For more information, refer to Channel Properties - Serial Communication.
5. Once complete, click Finish.
See Also: How to... Optimize the Server Project , Server Summary Information
Channel Creation Wizard

The Channel Creation Wizard steps through the process of configuring a channel (defined by the protocol
being used). Once a channel is defined, its properties and settings are used by all devices assigned to that
channel. The specific properties are dependent on the protocol or driver selected.
1. In the tree view, right-click on the Connectivity node and select New Channel (or choose Edit |
Connectivity | New Channel).
2. Select type of channel to be created from the drop-down list of available drivers.
3. Click Next.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 130
4. Enter a name for the channel to help identify it (used in tag paths, event log messages, and aliasing).
5. Click Next.
6. Configure the channel properties according to the options and environment.
7. Review the summary for the new channel and choose Back to make changes or Finish to close.
Adding and Configuring a Device

Once a channel has been defined, a device can be added. The device identifies a communication link's
physical node or station, and can be thought of as a way to frame the connection's definition to a specific
point of interest in the application. In this respect, a device is the correct term for describing the connection
to a database object. As such, "device" refers to a specific device on a network, support multiple device
nodes, and allows users to simulate networked devices.
Note: In this example, the Simulator Driver is used. The options in device wizard depend on the driver.
1. To start, select the channel to which the device will be added.
2. To start, add a new device to the project by:

clicking Edit | Connectivity | New Device - OR -
clicking the New Device icon on the toolbar - OR -

right-clicking on the Connectivity node in the tree and choosing New Device
www. kepware.com
131 KEPServerEX V6
3. In the device wizard, leave the name at its default setting "Device1" and click Next.
4. In Model, select either an 8 or 16-bit register size for the device being simulated and click Next.
Note: Other device drivers may require users to select a device model instead. For this example,
the 16-bit register size is chosen.
5. InID, select the device ID (which is the unique identifier required by the actual communications
protocol). Then, click Next.
Note: The device ID format and style depend on the communications driver being used. For the
Simulator Driver, the device ID is a numeric value.
6. In Scan Mode, specify the device's scan rate. Then, click Next.
7. For the Simulator Driver, the next page is the Device Summary. Other drivers may have additional
device wizard pages that allow the configuration of other properties (such as Timing). For more
information, refer to Device Properties.
8. Once complete, click Finish.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 132
Note:With the server's online full-time mode of operation, the server can start providing OPC data
immediately. At this point, however, the configuration can potentially be lost because the project hasn't been
saved. Before saving, users can add tags to the server. For more information, refer to Adding User-
Defined Tags.
Device Creation Wizard

The Device Creation Wizard steps through the process of configuring a device for communication and data
collection. The specific properties are dependent on the protocol or driver selected.
1. In the tree view, locate and select the channel to which device(s) are being added.
2. Right-click and select New Device or choose Edit | Connectivity | New Device).
3. Enter a name for the device to help identify it (used in tag paths, event log messages, and aliasing).
4. Click Next.
5. Configure the device properties according to the options and environment.
6. Review the summary for the new device and choose Back to make changes or Finish to close.
Adding User - Defined Tags (Example)

The server can get data from a device to the client application in two ways. The most common method
requires that users define a set of tags in the server project and uses the name previously assigned to each
tag as the item of each link between the client and the server. This method makes all user-defined tags
available for browsing within OPC clients.
www. kepware.com
133 KEPServerEX V6
User-defined tags support scaling. For more information, refer to Adding Tag Scaling. Some situations
support browsing for and selecting multiple tags. For more information, refer to Browsing for Tags.
1. To start, select a device name from the Connectivity tree node. In this example, the selected device is
"Device1".
2. Click Edit | Connectivity | New Tag. Alternatively, right-click on the device and select New Tag.
3. In Tag Properties - General, edit the properties to match the following:
l Tag Name: MyFirstTag
l Address: R000
l Description (Optional): My First Simulator Tag
l Data Type: Word
l Client Access: read/write
l Scan Rate: 100 milliseconds. This property does not apply to OPC tags.
Note: For more information, refer to Tag Properties - General.
4. If necessary, use Hints to determine the driver's correct settings. To invoke Hints, click on the
question mark icon in Tag Properties.
Note: The Address, Data Type, and Client Access fields depend on the communications driver. For
example, in the Simulator Driver, "R000" is a valid address that supports a data type of Word and has
read/write access.
5. For additional information, click Help. This invokes the "Address Descriptions" topic in the driver's
help documentation.
6. Commit the tag to the server by pressing Apply. The tag should now be visible in the server.
7. In this example, a second tag must be added for use in Tag Properties - Scaling. To do so, click the
New icon in Tag Properties - General. This returns the properties to their default setting.
8. Enter the following:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 134
l Tag Name: MySecondTag
l Address: K000
l Description: My First Scaled Tag
l Data Type: Short
l Client Access: read/write
9. Next, commit the new tag to the server by pressing Apply. The tag should now be visible in the
server.
Error Messages
When entering tag information, users may be presented with an occasional error message from the server
or driver. The server generates error messages when users attempt to add a tag using the same name as
an existing tag. The communications driver generates errors for three possible reasons:
1. If there are any errors entered in the address's format or content (including in the range of a
particular device-specific data item).
2. When the selected data type is not available for the address.
3. If the selected client access level is not available for the address.
For more information on a specific error message, refer to Error Descriptions.
Dynamic Tag Addressing

Dynamic tag addressing defines tags solely in the client application. Instead of creating a tag item in the
client that addresses another tag item that has been created in the server, users only need to create a tag
item in the client that directly accesses the device address. On client connect, the server creates a virtual tag
for that location and start scanning for data automatically.
For more information, refer to Dynamic Tags.
Tips:
1. The server creates a special Boolean tag for every device in a project that can be used by a client to
determine whether that device is functioning properly. To use this tag, specify the item in the link as
"Error". This tag is zero if the device is communicating properly, or one if the device is not.
2. If the data type is omitted, the driver chooses a default data type based on the device and address
being referenced. The default data types for all locations are documented in the driver's help
documentation. If the data type specified is not valid for the device location, the server rejects the tag
and an error posts in the Event Log.
3. If a device address is used as the item of a link (such that the address matches the name of a user-
defined tag in the server), the link references the address pointed to by the user-defined tag. With the
server's online full-time operation, users can start using this project in an OPC client at this time.
Browsing for Tags

The server supports browsing for available tags and, in some cases, selecting multiple tags to add to a
project.
1. Access the Tag Browser dialog box.
www. kepware.com
135 KEPServerEX V6
2. If the Include system / internal tag groups is available, enable to enable making these groups
available for selection.
3. If the Branch level tag selection is available, enable to enable selection of branch nodes in the tree
view on the left (which selects all the associated tags in the right).
4. Navigate the tree in the left pane to locate the branch containing the tag(s) to add.
5. Unless Branch level tag selection is enabled, select the tag(s) in the right pane. Where adding
multiple tags is supported, standard keyboard functions (Shift, Ctrl) work to select multiple tags.
6. Click Apply.
See Also: Adding User Tags
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 136
Generating Multiple Tags

The Multiple Tag Generation Tool dynamically creates tags using user-defined driver nomenclature. For
information on using the tool, refer to the instructions below.
For more information on its properties, refer to Multiple Tag Generation.
1. To start, select a device and click Edit | Connectivity | New Tag. Alternatively, right-click on a
device and select New Tag.
2. In Tag Properties, select the Multiple Tag Generation icon (located to the bottom-right of the
Identification properties).
3. In Multiple Tag Generation, define the tag name, then configure the Data Properties properties as
desired.
4. Click Add Static Text. In this group, enter the text as desired. Once finished, press OK.
5. Click Add Numeric Range. In this group, enter the base system, range, and increment. Once
finished, press OK.
www. kepware.com
137 KEPServerEX V6
6. Click Add Text Sequence. In this group, enter the text as desired. Separate each entry with a new
line. Once finished, press OK.
7. Click Preview.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 138
Note: Valid tags are displayed with a green checkmark. Invalid tags are displayed with a red x.
8. To add the tags as a group, use Add as Group.
9. To change a tag's name or starting value, select Tag Name.Once finished, click OK.
10. To generate the tags, click Generate. If the generation is successful, users return to the Multiple Tag
Generation dialog.
11. Click Close. Then, click OK. The generated tags should be visible in the tag display window.
See Also: Multiple Tag Generation
www. kepware.com
139 KEPServerEX V6
Adding Tag Scaling

Users have the option of applying tag scaling when creating a new tag in the server. This allows raw data
from the device to be scaled to an appropriate range for the application. There are two types of scaling:
Linear and Square Root. For more information, refer to Tag Properties - Scaling.
1. To start, open the tag's Tag Properties.
2. Open the Scaling group.
3. For Type, select Linear or Square Root.
4. Specify the expected data range from the device with the high and low values and clamps. The scaled
data type also allows users to specify how the resulting scaled value is presented to the OPC client
application.
5. In Units, specify a string to the OPC client that describes the format or unit for the resulting
engineering value. To use the Units field, an OPC client that can access the Data Access 2.0 tag
properties data is required. If the client does not support these features, there is no need to
configure this field.
6. Once the data has been entered as shown above, click OK.
Saving the Project

There should now be a project configured with two user-defined tags that are ready to be saved. How the
project is saved depends on whether the project is a Runtime project or an offline project.
When editing a Runtime project, the server's online full-time operation allows immediate access to tags from
an OPC client once it has been saved to disk. Because the changes are made to the actual project, users can
save by clicking File | Save. Users can overwrite the existing project or save the edits as a new project, and
are also given the option of loading the new project as the default Runtime project. Open a saved project by
choosing File | Open to locate and select the project file.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 140
When editing an offline project, users have the option to save to the same project or to save as a new
project. Once completed, click Runtime | Connect and load the new project as the default Runtime project.
Note: An OPC client application can automatically invoke an OPC server when the client needs data. The
OPC server, however, needs to know what project to run when it is called on in this fashion. The server loads
the most recent project that has been loaded or configured. To determine what project the server will load,
look to the Most Recently Used file list found in File. The loaded project is the first project file listed.
Project files are saved into the following directories by default.

For 64-bit OS versions, project files are saved (by default) in the directory:
C:\Users\<username>\Documents\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6
C:\Users\<username>\Documents\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6
The server automatically saves copies of the project in the following directory:
C:\ProgramData\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6
C:\ProgramData(x86)\Kepware\KEPServerEX\V6
Tip:If the file has been saved to an alternate location, search for *.opf to locate available project files.
Testing the Project

The server includes a full-featured OPC Quick Client that supports all of the operations available in any OPC
client application. The Quick Client can access all of the data available in the server application, and is used
to read and write data, perform structured test suites, and test server performance. It also provides detailed
feedback regarding any OPC errors returned by the server.
www. kepware.com
141 KEPServerEX V6
1. To start, locate the OPC Quick Client program in the same program group as the server. Then, run
the OPC Quick Client.
2. Establish a connection by clicking Edit | New Server Connection.
3. In Server Properties, make connections with an OPC server either locally or remotely via DCOM. By
default, this dialog is pre-configured with the server's Prog ID (which is used by OPC clients to
reference a specific OPC server).
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 142
Note:Once a connection is made, two things may happen. If the server is running, the OPC Quick
Client makes a connection to the server. If the server is not running, it starts automatically.
4. Add a group to the connection. To do so, select the server connection and click Edit | New Group.
Note:Groups act as a container for any tags accessed from the server and provide control over
how tags are updated. All OPC clients use groups to access OPC server data. A number of properties
are attached to a group that allow the OPC client to determine how often the data should be read
from the tags, whether the tags are active or inactive, whether a dead band applies, and so forth.
These properties let the OPC client control how the OPC server operates. For more information on
group properties, refer to the OPC Quick Client help documentation.
5. For the purpose of this example, edit the group properties to match the following image.
www. kepware.com
143 KEPServerEX V6
Note: The Update Rate, Percent Dead Band, and Active State properties control when and if data
is returned for the group's tags. Descriptions of the properties are as follows:
l Name: This property is used for reference from the client and can actually be left blank.
l Update Rate: This property specifies how often data is scanned from the actual device and
how often data is returned to the OPC client as a result of that scan.
l Percent Dead Band: This property eliminates or reduces noise content in the data by only
detecting changes when they exceed the percentage change that has been requested. The
percent change is a factor of the data type of a given tag.
l Active State: This property turns all of the tags in this group either on or off.
Accessing Tags
OPC server tags must be added to the group before they can be accessed. OPC data access specifications
define a tag browsing interface as one that allows an OPC client to directly access and display the available
tags in an OPC server. By allowing the OPC client application to browse the tag space of the OPC server, click
on the desired tags to automatically add them to a group.
1. To start, select the group in which tags will be placed. Click Edit | New Item.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 144
Note:The Add Items dialog also provides a tree view of the Browsing section and can be used to
browse into an OPC server to find tags configured at the server. When using the "Example1" project,
users can access the tags previously defined by expanding the branches of the view.
2. Once the tree hierarchy is at the point shown in the image above, users can begin adding tags to the
OPC group by double-clicking on the tag name. As tags are added to the group, the Item Count
shown at the bottom of the Add Items dialog increases to indicate the number of items being added.
If both "MyFirstTag" and "MySecondTag" were added, the item count should be 2.
Note: Users should now be able to access data from the server using the two tags that were
defined.
www. kepware.com
145 KEPServerEX V6
Note: The first tag, "MyFirstTag," should contain a changing value. The second tag should be zero
at this point. If users only needed to test the reading of an OPC item, they are now finished. If,
however, users desired to change an OPC item, they can use one of the write methods to send new
data to the OPC item.
Writing Data to the OPC Server

The OPC Quick Client supports two methods for writing data to an OPC server: Synchronous Writes and
Asynchronous Writes. Synchronous writes perform a write operation on the OPC server and wait for it to
complete. Asynchronous writes perform a write on the OPC server but do not wait for the write to complete.
Either method can be chosen when writing data to an OPC item: the different write methods are more of a
factor in OPC client application design.
1. To start, first select the item. Then, right-click and select Synchronous or Asynchronous Writes. For
the purpose of this example, right-click on "MyFirstTag" and select Asynchronous Write.
Note: Although the Asynchronous 2.0 Write dialog is displayed, the value continues to update.
2. To enter a new value for this item, click Write Value and enter a different value.
3. Click Apply to write the data. This allows users to continue writing new values, whereas clicking OK
writes the new value and closes the dialog.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 146
4. Click OK.
Note: If no new data has been entered, clicking OK does not send data to the server.
Conclusion
At this point, all of the basic steps involved in building and testing an OPC project have been discussed.
Users are encouraged to continue testing various features of the server and the OPC Quick Client for
greater understanding and comprehension. For more information on the OPC Quick Client, refer to its help
documentation.
Users can now begin developing the OPC application. If using Visual Basic, refer to the supplied example
projects. These two projects provide both a simple and complex example of how OPC technology can be
used directly in Visual Basic applications.
www. kepware.com
147 KEPServerEX V6
How Do I...
For more information, select a link from the list below.
Allow Desktop Interactions

Create and Use an Alias
Optimize the Server Project
Process Array Data
Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group
Resolve Comm Issues When the DNS/DHCP Device Connected to the Server is Power
Cycled
Select the Correct Network Cable
Use an Alias to Optimize a Project
Use DDE with the Server
Use Dynamic Tag Addressing
Use Ethernet Encapsulation
Work with Non-Normalized Floating Point Values
How To... Allow Desktop Interactions

Some communication interfaces require the server to interact with the desktop. For example, Windows
Messaging Layer is used by DDE and FastDDE. It is important that the operating system be taken into
consideration when choosing how to communicate with the desktop.
Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, and Later Operating Systems

In Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, and later operating systems, services run in an isolated session
that is inaccessible to users logged on to the console. These operating systems require that the process
mode be set to Interactive. This allows the Runtime to run in the same user account as the current user. For
information on changing the process mode, refer to Settings - Runtime Process.
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Earlier Operating Systems

In Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and earlier operating systems, the process mode can remain set as a
System Service. The runtime service, however, must be allowed to interact with the desktop. This is the
preferred mode of operation since a user is not required to be logged on to the console for the server to
start. For information on allowing a service to interact with the desktop, follow the instructions below.
Note: These service settings only apply when the server is running in Service Mode.
1. To start, launch the Services snap-in (which is part of the Microsoft Management Console). To do
so, click Start | Run.
2. Type "services.msc" and click OK. Then, locate the server by its name in the list of services. Open its
context menu and select Properties.
3. Open the Log On group and enable Allow service to interact with desktop.
4. Click Apply.
5. Click OK to exit.
6. Locate the Administration icon. Open its context menu and select Stop Runtime Service.
7. Then, re-open the context menu and select Start Runtime Service.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 148
See Also:
www. kepware.com
149 KEPServerEX V6
How To... Create and Use an Alias

Complex Tag Reference Example
The image below displays a Complex tag reference in the server.
For example, to create a DDE link to an application for the "ToolDepth" tag, the DDE link must be entered as
"<DDE service name>|_ddedata!Channel1.Device1.Machine1.Cell2.ToolDepth".
Although the DDE link's <application>|<topic>!<item> format still exists, the content becomes more complex
when optional tag groups and the channel name are required as part of the topic. The alias map allows a
shorter version of the reference to be used in DDE client applications.
For more information, refer to What is the Alias Map.
Creating Aliases for Complex Address Paths

For information on creating aliases to simplify complex tag address paths, follow the instructions below.
1. In the tree view, select the alias to edit and double-click to open the alias node.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 150
2. In the detail view, right-click and select New Alias (OR choose Edit | Aliases | New Alias).
3. Browse to the group or device that contains the item to be referenced.
4. Enter an alias name to represent the complex tag reference. This alias name can now be used in the
client application to address the tag found in the server. For information on reserved characters, refer
to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group.
5. The complex topic and item name "_ddedata! Channel1.Device1.Machine1.Cell2" can be replaced by
using the alias "Mac1Cell2". When applied to the example above, the DDE link in the application can
be entered as "<DDE service name>|Mac1Cell2!ToolDepth".
Note: Although possible, it is not recommended that users create an alias that shares a name with a
channel. The client's item fails if it references a dynamic address using the shared name. For example, if an
www. kepware.com
151 KEPServerEX V6
alias is named "Channel1" and is mapped to "Channel1.Device1," an item in the client that references
"Channel1.Device1.<address>" is invalid. The alias must be removed or renamed so that the client's
reference can succeed.
See Also: Alias Properties
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 152
How To... Optimize the Server Project

Nearly every driver of this server supports at least 100 channels; meaning, 100 COM/serial ports or 100
source sockets for Ethernet communications. To determine the number of supported channels available for
each device, refer to the Driver Information under Server Summary Information.
This server refers to communications protocols as a channel. Each channel defined in the application
represents a separate path of execution in the server. Once a channel has been defined, a series of devices
must be defined under that channel. Each of these devices represents a single device from which data is
collected. While this approach to defining the application provides a high level of performance, it won't take
full advantage of the driver or the network. An example of how the application may appear when configured
using a single channel is shown below.
Each device appears under a single channel. In this configuration, the driver
must move from one device to the next as quickly as possible to gather
information at an effective rate. As more devices are added or more
information is requested from a single device, the overall update rate begins
to suffer.
If the driver could only define one single channel, the example shown above would be the only option
available. Using multiple channels distributes, however, the data collection workload by simultaneously
issuing multiple requests to the network. An example of how the same application may appear when
configured using multiple channels to improve performance is shown below.
Each device has now been defined under its own channel. In this new
configuration, a single path of execution is dedicated to the task of gathering
data from each device. If the application has fewer devices, it can be optimized
exactly how it is shown here.
The performance improves even if the application has more devices than
channels. While 1 device per channel is ideal, the application benefits from
additional channels. Although by spreading the device load across all channels
causes the server to move from device to device again, it does so with far
fewer devices to process on a single channel.
This same process can be used to make multiple connections to one Ethernet device. Although the OPC
server may allow 100 channels for most drivers, the device ultimately determines the number of allowed
connections. This constraint comes from the fact that most devices limit the number of supported
connections. The more connections that are made to a device, the less time it has to process request on
each connect. This means that there can be an inverse tradeoff in performance as connections are added.
How To... Process Array Data

Many of the drivers available for this server allow clients to access data in an array format. Arrays allow the
client application to request a specific set of contiguous data in one request. Arrays are one specific data
type; users would not have an array with a combination of Word and DWord data types. Furthermore, arrays
are written to in one transaction. To use arrays in the server, the client application must support the ability to
at least read array data.
www. kepware.com
153 KEPServerEX V6
Processing Array Data In a DDE Client

Array data is only available to the client when using CF_TEXT or Advanced DDE clipboard formats.
For client applications using Advanced DDE, the number of elements in the array is specified in the
SPACKDDE_DATAHDR_TAG structure. Only single dimensional arrays are supported by this protocol. This
structure should be used when poking array data to the server.
For clients using CF_TEXT, one or two-dimensional arrays are supported. Data in each row is separated by a
TAB (0x09) character and each row is terminated with a CR (0x0d) and a LF (0x0a) character. When a client
wants to poke an array of data values, the text string written should have this delimiter format.
When poking to an Array tag in either format, the entire array does not need to be written, but the starting
location is fixed. If attempting to poke data in an array format to a tag that was not declared as an array, only
the first value in the array is written. If attempting to poke more data than the tag's array size, only as much
data as the tag's array size is written. If attempting to poke data while leaving some data values blank, the
server uses the last known value for that array element when writing back to the device. If the value in that
register has been changed but has not been updated in the server, it is overwritten with the old value. For
this reason, it is best to be cautious when writing data to arrays.
Processing Array Data In an OPC Client

In OPC clients that support arrays, the OPC item data value is actually a variant array data type. The OPC
client parses the array element data: some clients create sub tags for display purposes. For example, if the
OPC client created a tag in its database named 'Process,' and the associated OPC item was a single
dimensional array of 5 elements, it might create 5 tags named 'Process_1', 'Process2,' and so forth. Other
clients (such as the OPC Quick Client) may display the data as Comma Separated Values (CSV).
How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group
When naming a channel, device, tag, or tag group, the following characters are reserved or restricted:
l Periods
l Double quotation marks
l Leading underscores
l Leading or trailing spaces
Note: Some of the restricted characters can be used in specific situations. For more information, refer to
the list below.
1. Periods are used in aliases to separate the original channel name and the device name. For example,
a valid name is "Channel1.Device1".
2. Underscores can be used after the first character. For example, a valid name is "Tag_1".
3. Spaces may be used within the name. For example, a valid name is "Tag 1".
How To... Resolve Comm Issues When the DNS/DHCP Device Connected to the
Server is Power Cycled
Certain drivers support DNS/DHCP resolution for connectivity, which allows users to assign unique domain /
network names for identification purposes. When starting and connecting to the network, the devices
request an IP address from the network DNS server. This process of resolving a domain name to an IP
address for connectivity takes time. For greater speed, the operating system caches all of the resolved IP /
domain names and re-uses them. The resolved names are held in cache for two hours by default.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 154
The server fails to reconnect to a device when the name of the IP address associated with the device's
domain / network changes. If this change is a result of the device being power cycled, it acquires a new IP.
This change may also be a result of the IP being manually changed on the device. In both cases, the IP
address that was being used no longer exists.
Because the server automatically flushes the cache every 30 seconds, the IP is forced to resolve. If this does
not correct the issue, users can manually flush the cache by typing the command string "ipconfig / flushdns"
in the PC's command prompt.
For more information, refer to the following Microsoft Support article Disabling and Modifying Client Side
DNS Caching.
How To... Select the Correct Network Cable

Without prior experience of Ethernet enabled devices or serial to Ethernet converters, users may find
selecting the correct network cable a confusing task. There are generally two ways to determine the proper
cable setup. If connecting to the device or converter through a network hub or switch, users need Patch
Cable. A Patch Cable gets its name from the days when a telephone operator-style board was used to patch
or connect devices to each other. If connecting directly to the device from the PC, however, users need a
Crossover Cable. Both of these cables can be purchased from an electronic or PC supply store.
www. kepware.com
155 KEPServerEX V6
How To... Use an Alias to Optimize a Project

To get the best performance out of a project, it is recommended that each device be placed on its own
channel. If a project needs to be optimized for communication after it has been created, it can be difficult to
change the client application to reference the new item names. By using an alias map, however, users can
allow the client to make the legacy request to the new Configuration. To start, follow the instructions below.
1. To start, create a new channel for each device. Place the device under the new channel and delete
the original channel.
2. Under Alias in the tree view, create a New Alias for each device in the Alias Map. The alias name is
the original channel and device name separated by a period. For example, "Channel1.Device1".
For information on reserved characters, refer to How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag
Group.
Note: The server validates any request for items against the alias map before responding back to the
client application with an error that the item does not exist.
How To... Use DDE with the Server

Using DDE in an Application
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 156
Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) is a Microsoft communications protocol that provides a method for
exchanging data between applications running on a Windows operating system. The DDE client program
opens a channel to the DDE server application and requests item data using a hierarchy of the application
(service) name, topic name, and item name.
For DDE clients to connect to the server interface, the runtime must be allowed to interact with the
desktop.
For more information, refer to How to Allow Desktop Interactions.
Example 1: Accessing a Register Locally (Using the Default Topic)

The syntax is <application>|<topic>!<item> where:
l application: DDE service name

l topic: _ddedata*
l item: Modbus.PLC1.40001
*This is the default topic for all DDE data that does not use an alias map entry.
Note: An example of the syntax is "MyDDE|_ddedata!Modbus.PLC1.40001".
Example 2: Accessing a Register Locally (Using an Alias Name as a Topic)

The syntax is <application>|<topic>!<item> where:
l application: DDE service name

l topic: ModPLC1*
l item: 40001
*This is the topic using the alias map entry.
Note: An example of the syntax is "MyDDE|ModPLC1!40001" . For additional possible syntax, refer to the
DDE client's specific help documentation.
See Also:
Project Properties - FastDDE & SuiteLink
How To... Use Dynamic Tag Addressing

This server can also be used to dynamically reference a physical device data address from the server. The
server dynamically creates a tag for the requested item. Users cannot browse for tags from one client that
were dynamically added by another. Before adding tags dynamically, users should note the following:
l The correct syntax must be used for the data address. For more information on the specific driver's
syntax, refer to its help documentation.
l If users do not specify the requested item's data type, it is set to the default setting by the application.
For more information on the specific driver's supported data types, refer to its help documentation.
Note: In the examples below, the Simulator Driver is used with a channel name of 'Channel1' and a
device name of 'Device1'.
Example 1:Using Dynamic Tag Addressing In a Non-OPC Client
www. kepware.com
157 KEPServerEX V6
To get data from register 'K0001' in the simulated device, use an item ID of "Channel1.Device1.K001." The
default data type for this register is Short. Since non-OPC clients do not provide an update rate to the server,
the Dynamic tag's default update rate is 100 ms. Both data type and update rate can be overridden after the
dynamic request is sent.
To override the tag defaults, use the commercial AT sign ('@') at the end of the item. If intending to add the
register as a DWord (unsigned 32-bit) data type, use an item ID of "Channel1.Device1.K0001@DWord." To
change the default update rate to 1000 ms, use "Channel1.Device1.K0001@1000." To change both defaults,
use "Channel1.Device1.K0001@DWord,1000."
Note: The client application must be able to accept special characters like the '@' in its address space.
Example 2:Using Dynamic Tag Addressing In an OPC Client

In an OPC client, the same syntax can be used to override the data type if the client application does not
provide a way to specify a data type when the OPC item is added. Since the item's update rate is not used in
OPC, there is no need to override it.
Note: The client application must be able to accept special characters like the '@' in its address space.
How To... Use Ethernet Encapsulation

Ethernet Encapsulation mode is designed to provide communications with serial devices connected to
terminal servers on the Ethernet network. A terminal server is essentially a virtual serial port that converts
TCP/IP messages on the Ethernet network to serial data. Once the message has been converted to serial
form, users can connect standard devices that support serial communications to the terminal server. The
diagram below shows how to employ Ethernet Encapsulation mode.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 158
Note: For unsolicited drivers that support Ethernet Encapsulation, users must configure the port and the
protocol settings at the channel level. This allows the driver to bind to the specified port and process
incoming requests from multiple devices. An IP address is not entered at the channel because the channel
accepts incoming requests from all devices.
Ethernet Encapsulation can be used over wireless network connections (such as 802.11b and CDPD packet
networks) and has been developed to support a wide range of serial devices. By using a terminal server
device, users can place RS-232 and RS-485 devices throughout the plant operations while still allowing a
single localized PC to access the remotely mounted devices. Furthermore, Ethernet Encapsulation mode
allows an individual network IP address to be assigned to each device as needed. While using multiple
terminal servers, users can access hundreds of serial devices from a single PC.
Configuring Ethernet Encapsulation Mode

To enable Ethernet Encapsulation mode, open Channel Properties and select the Serial Communications
group. In the Connection Type drop-down menu, select Ethernet Encap.
Note: Only the drivers that support Ethernet Encapsulation allows the option to be selected.
Note: The server's multiple channel support allows up to 16 channels on each driver protocol. This
allows users to specify one channel to use the local PC serial port and another channel to use Ethernet
Encapsulation mode.
When Ethernet Encapsulation mode is selected, the serial port settings (such as baud rate, data bits, and
parity) are unavailable. After the channel has been configured for Ethernet Encapsulation mode, users must
configure the device for Ethernet operation. When a new device is added to the channel, the Ethernet
Encapsulation settings can be used to select an Ethernet IP address, an Ethernet Port number, and the
Ethernet protocol.
Note: The terminal server being used must have its serial port configured to match the requirements of
the serial device to be attached to the terminal server.
How To ... Work with Non-Normalized Floating Point Values

A non-normalized floating point value is defined as Infinity, Not-a-Number (NaN), or as a Denormalized
Number. For more information, refer to the table below.
Term Definition
Non-Normalized An IEEE-754 floating point number that is one of the following:
Floating Point
l Negative Infinity to Quiet Negative NaN.
Value
l Positive Infinity to Quiet Positive NaN.
l Negative Denormalized Values.
l Positive Denormalized Values.
NaN A number that exists outside of the range that may be represented as floating points.
www. kepware.com
159 KEPServerEX V6
Term Definition
There are two types of NaN representations: Quiet and Signaling.*
Denormalized A non-zero floating point number whose magnitude is less than the magnitude of the
Number smallest IEEE 754-2008 value that may be represented for a Float or a Double.
l For Floats, these include numbers between -1.175494E-38 and -1.401298E-45

(Negative Denormalized) and 1.401298E-45 and 1.175494E-38 (Positive
Denormalized).
l For Doubles, these include numbers between -2.225074E-308 and -4.940657E-
324 (Negative Denormalized) and 4.940657E-324 and 2.225074E-308 (Positive
Denormalized).
*A floating point value that falls within the Signaling NaN range is converted to a Quiet NaN before being
transferred to a client for Float and Double data types. To avoid this conversion, use a single element
floating-point array.
Handling Non-Normalized IEEE-754 Floating Point Values

Users can specify how a driver handles non-normalized IEEE-754 floating point values through the "Non-
Normalized Value Should Be" property located in Channel Properties - Advanced. When Unmodified is
selected, all values are transferred to clients without any modifications. For example, a driver that reads a
32-bit float value of 0xFF800000(-Infinity) transfers that value "as is" to the client. When Replaced with Zero
is selected, certain values are replaced with zero before being transferred to clients. For example, a driver
that reads a 32-bit float value of 0xFF800000(-Infinity) are replaced with zero before being transferred to a
client.
Note: For information on which values are replaced with zero before being transferred to clients, refer to
the tables below.
IEEE-754 Range for 32-Bit Floating Point Values

Hexadecimal
Name Decimal Range
Range
Quiet -NaN 0xFFFFFFFF to N/A
0xFFC00001
Quiet +NaN 0x7FC00000 to N/A
7FFFFFFF
Indeterminate 0xFFC00000 N/A
Signaling -NaN 0xFFBFFFFF to N/A
0xFF800001
Signaling +NaN 0x7F800001 to N/A
7FBFFFFF
-Infinity 0xFF800000 -3.4028235677973365E+38
(Negative
Overflow)
+Infinity 0x7F800000 3.4028235677973365E+38
(Positive
Overflow)
Negative 0xFF7FFFFF to -3.4028234663852886E+38 to -1.1754943508222875E-38
Normalized 0x80800000
-1.m 2(e-127)
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 160
Negative 0x807FFFFF to -1.1754942106924411E-38 to -1.4012984643248170E-45(-

Denormalized 0x80000001 7.0064923216240862E-46)
-0.m 2(-126)
Positive 0x00000001 to (7.0064923216240862E-46) * 1.4012984643248170E-45
Denormalized 0x007FFFFF to 1.1754942106924411E-38
0.m 2(-126)
Positive 0x00800000 to 1.1754943508222875E-38 to 3.4028234663852886E+38
Normalized 0x7F7FFFFF
1.m 2(e-127)
IEEE-754 Range for 64-Bit Floating Point Values

Name Hexadecimal Range Decimal Range
Quiet -NaN 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF to N/A
0xFFF8000000000001
Quiet +NaN 0x7FF8000000000000 to N/A
0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
Indeterminate 0xFFF8000000000000 N/A
Signaling - 0xFFF7FFFFFFFFFFFF to N/A
NaN 0xFFF0000000000001
Signaling 0x7FF0000000000001 to N/A
+NaN 0x7FF7FFFFFFFFFFFF
-Infinity 0xFFF0000000000000 -1.7976931348623158E+308
(Negative
Overflow)
+Infinity 0x7FF0000000000000 1.7976931348623158E+308
(Positive
Overflow)
Negative 0xFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFF to -1.7976931348623157E+308 to -2.2250738585072014E-
Normalized 0x8010000000000000 308
-1.m 2(e-
1023)
Negative 0x800FFFFFFFFFFFFF to -2.2250738585072010E-308 to -4.9406564584124654E-
Denormalized 0x8000000000000001 324 (-2.4703282292062328E-324)
-0.m 2(-
1022)
Positive 0x0000000000000001 to (2.4703282292062328E-324) * 4.9406564584124654E-
Denormalized 0x000FFFFFFFFFFFFF 324 to 2.2250738585072010E-308
0.m 2(-1022)
Positive 0x0010000000000000 to 2.2250738585072014E-308 to
Normalized 0x7FEFFFFFFFFFFFFF 1.7976931348623157E+308
1.m 2(e-
1023)
Device Demand Poll

Device Demand Poll is useful for customers that require full control of polling devices from their client
applications. It is particularly helpful in SCADA industries like Oil & Gas, Water/Waste Water, Electric, and
others that may experience significant communication delays.
www. kepware.com
161 KEPServerEX V6
Many client-side SCADA systems either do not have configurable scan rates or have scan rates whose
minimum value is too long for the data updates that are required by SCADA operators. To bypass this
limitation, the SCADA system can perform writes to the Device Demand Poll tags available in the server. In
this scenario, each device in the server exposes a _DemandPoll tag that polls all referenced tags on the
device when written to by a client. During the poll, the _DemandPoll tag becomes True (1). It returns to False
(0) when the final active tag signals that the read requests have completed. Subsequent writes to the _
DemandPoll tag fails until the tag value returns to False. The demand poll respects the read/write duty cycle
for the channel. Client-side SCADA scripts (such as a Refresh button script) can be developed to write to the
_DemandPoll tag and cause a poll to occur. The poll results are passed on to the client application. For more
information, refer to System Tags.
Note: The procedure described above is not OPC-compliant behavior. If this is a problem, it is
recommended that communications be separated onto two devices. One device can use the classic OPC
update interval, and the other device can set the Scan Mode to "Do not scan, demand poll only" and only poll
when the _DemandPoll tag is written to.
Regardless of whether Device Demand Poll is being utilized, clients that are limited by tag scan rates may
also encounter operator wait time due to the server complying with the OPC client's group update rate. To
circumvent this OPC-compliant behavior, users can configure the "Ignore group update rate, return data as
soon as it is available" setting. This returns the poll results immediately and disregards the update interval.
For more information, refer to Project Properties - OPCDACompliance.
See Also:Device Properties - Scan Mode
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 162
Configuration API Service

The Configuration API allows an HTTP RESTful client to add, edit, read, and delete objects such as channels,
devices, and tags in the server. The Configuration API offers the following features:
l Object definition in standard human-readable JSON data format

l Security via HTTP basic authentication and HTTP over SSL (HTTPS)
l Support for user-level access based on the User Manager and Security Policies Plug-In
l Transaction logging with configurable levels of verbosity and retention
Note: This document assumes familiarity with HTTP communication and REST concepts.
Initialization - The Configuration API is installed as a Windows service and starts automatically with the
system.
Operation - The Configuration API supports connections and commands between the server and REST
clients.
Shutdown - If the Configuration API must be stopped, use the Windows Service Control Manager to
terminate the Configuration API service.
Security
REST clients to the Configuration API must use HTTP Basic Authentication. The user credentials are defined
in the server User Manager.
Documentation
Please consult additional information on properties, data ranges, endpoint mapping scheme, and acceptable
actions for each endpoint is available at the Configuration API Landing Page at http://localhost:57412/config/
(for default configurations).
Configuration API Architecture

The diagram below shows the layout of the components. The Configuration API Service is installed on the
same machine with the server.
Configuration API Service Configuration

The Configuration API Service is configured on installation. If the settings need to be adjusted, access the
Configuration API Service settings by right-clicking on the Administration icon in the system tray and
www. kepware.com
163 KEPServerEX V6
selecting Settings | Configuration API Service.
If the Administrative icon is not in the system tray, re-launch it by selecting Start | All Programs |
Kepware | KEPServerEX 6 | KEPServerEX 6 Administration | Settings.
Enable: Choose Yes to enable the Configuration API Server. If disabled (No); the service runs, but does not
bind to the HTTP and HTTPS ports and clients cannot access the server.
Enable HTTP: Select No to limit data transfer to only secure / encrypted protocols and endpoints. Select Yes
to allow unencrypted data transfer.
Tips:
1. HTTP is only recommended for internal networks because user authentication is transmitted as plain
text.
2. To prevent external access over unsecure HTTP, this port should be blocked by the Windows firewall.
HTTP Port: Specify the TCP/IP port for the REST client to communicate over unencrypted HTTP. The valid
range is 1 to 65535. HTTP and HTTPS ports must not match. The default port number of 57412.
HTTPS Port: Specify the TCP/IP port for the REST client to communicate over secure HTTP. The valid range is
1 to 65535. HTTP and HTTPS ports must not match. The default port number of 57512.
CORS Allowed Origins: Specify an approved white-list of comma-separated domain specifications that
may access the Configuration API Server for Cross Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) requests.
Restore Defaults: click to blue link to the right to restore the default HTTP and HTTPS port values.
View in Browser: click the blue address link to the right to open the Configuration API documentation
landing page in a browser.
View in Browser (SSL): click the blue address link to the right to open the Configuration API documentation
landing page in a browser via the secure URL.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 164
Transaction Logging
Persistence Mode: Select the record retention method for the system log. The default setting is Memory
(no persistence). The options are:
l Memory (no persistence): records all events in memory and does not generate a log that is saved
to disk. A specified number of records are retained before the oldest records start being deleted. The
contents are available only while the server is running.
l Single File: generates a recorded log file saved to disk. A specified number of records are retained
before the oldest records start being deleted. The contents are restored from this file when the
server is started.
l Extended Datastore: saves a potentially large number of records to disk distributed across multiple
files. The records are retained for a specified number of days before being removed from the disk.
The contents are restored from the distributed files on the disk when the server is started.
Max. Records: Specify the number of transactions the log retains before the oldest record is deleted.
Available when the Persistence Mode is set to Memory or Single File. The valid range is 100 to 30000
records. The default setting is 1000 records.
Note: The log is truncated if this parameter is set to a value less than the current size of the log.
Log File Path: Indicate where the log is stored on disk. Available when the Persistence Mode is set to Single
File or Extended Datastore.
Attempts to persist diagnostics data using a mapped path may fail because the Transaction Log service is
running in the context of the SYSTEM account and does not have access to a mapped drive on the local host.
Use a mapped drive path with caution. A Uniform Naming Convention (UNC) path is recommended.
Max. Single File Size: Indicate the size limit, in KB, of a single datastore file at which a new datastore file is
started. Available when the Persistence Mode is set to Extended Datastore. The valid range is 100 to 10000
KB. The default setting is 1000 KB.
Min. Days to Preserve: Specify the number of days individual datastore files kept before being deleted
from disk. Available when the Persistence Mode is set to Extended Datastore. The valid range is 1 to 90
days. The default setting is 30 days.
Verbose: Select Yes to record a detailed level of data is recorded in the log. Verbose logging includes HTTP
request and response bodies in addition to the parameters included with non-verbose logging. See Verbose
Logging for more information. Select No to record much less data and keep log files smaller.
www. kepware.com
165 KEPServerEX V6
Certificate Management
Note: An X.509 certificate is used to establish SSL communication between the client and the REST
server. A default self-signed certificate is generated when the REST server is installed, but accessing the
server from outside a secure network requires a trusted certificate.
View Certificate: Click to blue link to the right to open the current certificate to review.
Export Certificate: Click to blue link to the right to save the current certificate in .PEM format (such as for
importing into third-party REST clients).
Reissue Certificate: Click to blue link to the right to create a new certificate, replacing the current
certificate.
Import Certificate: Click to blue link to the right to import a certificate in .PEM format.
Note: A certificate is created on installation without additional configuration. When reissuing or importing
a certificate, the new certificate in not applied until the Configuration API is stopped and restarted via the
Windows Service Control Manager or the system restarts.
Configuration API Concurrent Clients

The Configuration API can serve multiple REST clients at the same time. To prevent a client from editing
stale configurations, the Server Runtime maintains a numeric Project ID. Each time an object is edited
through the Configuration API or the local Configuration Client, the Project ID changes. The current Project
ID is returned in each GET response. The current Project ID must be specified by the client in all PUT
requests.
The best practice is to issue a GET request, save the current Project ID, and use that ID for the following PUT
request. If only one client is used, the client may put the property FORCE_UPDATE: true in the PUT request
body to force the Configuration API Server to ignore the Project ID.
Configuration API Logging

The Configuration API Transaction Log can be accessed from a REST client by sending a GET to
http://<hostname>:<port>/config/v1/log. The response contains comma-separated entries. Example:
{
"action": "GET",
"endpoint": "/config/v1/drivers/channels/channel1",
"response": 404,
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 166
"source": "127.0.0.1",
"timestamp": "2016-02-04T20:28:41.178",
"user": "Administrator"
}
where:
l Action = The HTTP request method that was sent to the Configuration API
l Endpoint = The URL where the request was sent (excluding the IP address and port number)
l Response = The HTTP response code returned to the user
l Source = The IP address of the sender
l Timestamp = The time (UTC) that the response was sent from the Configuration API
l User = The user who sent the request
Filtering: The Configuration API Transaction Log allows log items to be sorted or limited using filter
parameters specified in the URI. The filters, which can be combined or used individually, allow the results of
the log query to be restricted to a specific time period (e.g. events which occurred since a given date, events
which occurred before a given date, or events that occurred between two dates). Example filtered log query:
http://<hostname>:<port>/config/v1/log?limit=10&start=2016-01-
01T00:00:00.000&end=2016-01-02T20:00:00.000
where:
l Limit = Maximum number of log entries to return. The default setting is 100 entries.
l Start = Earliest time to be returned in YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ss.sss (UTC) format.
l End = Latest time to be returned in YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ss.sss (UTC) format.
Note: The Limit filter overrides the result of the specified time period. If there are more log entries in the
time period than the Limit filter allows, the newest records that match the filter criteria are displayed.
Verbose Logging: records the request and response JSON bodies, which can be useful for troubleshooting.
Turning on verbose logging can add two properties (requestbody and responsebody) to each log entry,
depending on the request type. To turn on verbose logging, open Settings | Configuration API Service |
Transaction Logging and change Verbose to Yes.
Warning: Verbose logging causes the transaction log to grow rapidly. Do not activate for normal use.
Note: Log queries are not logged in a verbose manner; the entries display the shorter format.
Logging Permissions: allows additional permission settings to prevent unauthorized users from accessing
the log. The default is Deny for all non-administrator users.
www. kepware.com
167 KEPServerEX V6
See Also: Refer to server help for more information on changing permissions in User Manager.
Configuration API Service Data

The Configuration API Service receives requests in standard JSON format from the REST client. These
requests are consumed by the server and broken down into create, read, update, or delete commands.
Please consult additional information on properties, data ranges, endpoint mapping scheme, and acceptable
actions for each endpoint is available at the Configuration API Landing Page at http://localhost:57412/config/
(for default configurations).
Object names containing spaces, or other characters disallowed in URL formatting, must be percent-
encoded to be correctly interpreted by the Configuration API. Percent encoding involves replacing disallowed
characters with their hexidecimal representation. For example, an object named 'default object' is percent-
encoded as default%20object. The following characters are not permitted in a URL and must be encoded:
*spac- ! # $ & ' ( ) * + , / : ; = ? @ [ ]

e*
%20 %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %2- %3- %3- %3- %3- %4- %5- %5-
1 3 4 6 7 8 9 A B C F A B D F 0 B D
Percent encoding does not guarantee that a name is valid. To determine the valid name values, refer to the
documentation for the specific object that you are creating.
Create an Object
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 168
An object can be created by sending an HTTP POST request to the Configuration API. When creating a new
object, the JSON must include required properties for the object (ex. each object must have a name), but
doesnt require all properties. All properties not included in the JSON are set to the default value on creation.
Example POST JSON body:
{
"<Property1_Name>": <Value>,
"<Property3_Name>": <Value>
}
Read an Object
An object can be read by sending an HTTP GET request to the Configuration API. All object properties are
returned on every GET request and each object includes a Project_ID. The Project_ID property is used to
track changes in the configuration and is updated on any change from the Configuration API or KEPServerEX
Configuration Client. This property should be saved and used in all PUT requests to prevent stale data
manipulations. Example response body:
{
"PROJECT_ID": 12345678,
}
Edit an Object
An object can be edited by sending an HTTP PUT request to the Configuration API. PUT requests require the
Project_ID or Force_Update property in the JSON body. Setting Force_Update to True ignores Project_ID
validation. Example PUT body:
{
"PROJECT_ID": 12345678,
"FORCE_UPDATE": true
}
Delete an Object
An object can be deleted by sending an HTTP DELETE request to the Configuration API. The Configuration
API does not allow deleting multiple items on the same level with a single request (such as deleting all of the
devices in a channel), but can delete an entire tree (such as deleting a device deletes all its child tags).
Manage Multiple Objects

Certain endpoints allow more than one object to be managed in a single request. In these cases, the JSON
body to be sent or received should be a comma-separated array. Example:
[{
},
{
}]
Errors
All Configuration API Service error requests return in JSON format. Example:
{
"code": 400,
www. kepware.com
169 KEPServerEX V6
"message": "Invalid property: 'NAME'."

}
See Also: Troubleshooting
Config API Service Troubleshooting

The following errors may be returned for REST requests. Where possible, the body of the response contains
specific error messages to help identify the cause of the error and possible solutions:
l HTTP/1.1 400 Bad Request

l HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
l HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden
l HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found
l HTTP/1.1 500 Internal Server Error
l HTTP/1.1 503 Server Runtime Unavailable
l HTTP/1.1 504 Gateway Timeout
l HTTP/1.1 520 Unknown Error
Consult the Configuration APIService Event Log Messages
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 170
iFIX Signal Conditioning Options

The following signal conditioning options are available through the iFIX Database Manager:
3BCD
4BCD
8AL
8BN
12AL
12BN
13AL
13BN
14AL
14BN
15AL
15BN
20P
TNON
Note: Linear and logarithmic scaling is available through the server for Static tags only. For more
information, refer to Tag Properties - Scaling and Static Tags (User-Defined).
3BCD Signal Conditioning

Description 3-digit Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) value.
Input Range 0-999.
Scaling Scales 3-digit Binary Coded Decimal values to the database block's EGU range.
Read Reads from a 3-digit BCD register. The Raw_value is then separated into three nibbles (4
Algorithm bits) prior to scaling the value. Each nibble is examined for a value greater than 9 (A-F
hex). If a hexadecimal value between A and F is found, a range alarm is generated,
indicating the value is not within BCD range. Otherwise, the value is scaled with the
following algorithm:
Result=((Raw_value/999) * Span_egu) + Lo_egu.

Read Lo_egu - the database block's low engineering value.
Algorithm Span_egu - the span of the engineering values.
Variables Raw_value - the value stored in the field device's register.
Result-the scaled value stored in the database block.
Write Writes to a 3-digit BCD register using the following algorithm:
Algorithm
Result=(((InputData-Lo_egu) / Span_egu) * 999) + .5.
Write Lo_egu - the low engineering value.
Algorithm Span_egu - the span of the engineering values.
Variables InputData - the database block's current value.
Result-the value sent to the process hardware.
4BCD Signal Conditioning
www. kepware.com
171 KEPServerEX V6
Description 4-digit Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) value.

Input Range 0-9999.
Scaling Scales 4-digit Binary Coded Decimal values to the database block's EGU range.
Read Algorithm Reads from a 4-digit BCD register. The Raw_value is then separated into four
nibbles (4 bits) prior to scaling the value. Each nibble is examined for a value
greater than 9 (A-F hex). If a hexadecimal value between A and F is found, a
range alarm is generated, indicating the value is not within BCD range.
Otherwise, the value is scaled with the following algorithm:

Read Algorithm Lo_egu - the database block's low engineering value.
Variables Span_egu - the span of the engineering values.
Raw_value - the value stored in the field device's register.
Write Algorithm Writes to a 4-digit BCD register using the following algorithm:
Result=(((InputData-Lo_egu) / Span_egu) * 9999) + .5.

Write Algorithm Lo_egu - the low engineering value.
InputData - the database block's current value.
Result - the value sent to the process hardware.
8AL Signal Conditioning

Description 8-bit binary number.
Input Range 0-255.
Scaling Scales 8-bit binary values to the database block's EGU range.
Read Algorithm Reads from a 16-bit register using the same algorithm as 8BN, and returns a
status indicating whether the value is out of range and in an alarm state, or OK.

Result - the scaled value stored in the database block.
Write Algorithm Writes to a 16-bit register using the same algorithm as 8BN, and returns a status
indicating whether the value is out of range and in an alarm state, or OK.
Result=(((InputData-Lo_egu)/Span_egu) * 255) + .5.

8BN Signal Conditioning

Input Range 0-255.
Scaling Scales 8-bit binary values to the database block's EGU range. Ignores the most
significant byte.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 172

Read Algorithm Reads from a 16-bit register using the following algorithm:
Result =((Raw_value/255) * Span_egu) + Lo_egu.

Write Algorithm Writes to an 8-bit register using the following algorithm:
Result =(((InputData-Lo_egu)/Span_egu) * 255) + .5.


Input Range 0-4095.

Write Algorithm Writes to a 16-bit register using the same algorithm as 12BN, and returns a


Input Range 0-4095.
significant nibble (4-bits). Out of range value are treated as 12-bit values. For
example, 4096 is treated as 0 because the four most significant bits are ignored.

www. kepware.com
173 KEPServerEX V6

Write Algorithm Writes to a 16-bit register using the following algorithm:


Input Range 0-8191.



Input Range 0-8191.
significant 3 bits.


www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 174


Input Range 0-16383.



significant 2 bits.


www. kepware.com
175 KEPServerEX V6

Read Algorithm Reads from a 16-bit register with alarming using the same algorithm as 15BN,
and returns a status indicating whether the value is out of range and in an alarm
state, or OK.

Write Algorithm Writes to a 16-bit register with alarming using the same algorithm as 15BN, and
returns a status indicating whether the value is out of range and in an alarm
state, or OK.


significant bit.


20P Signal Conditioning

Description 6400 32000 clamp.
Input Range 6400 32000.
Scaling Scales binary values to the database block's EGU range. Clamps value to 6400
32000 range.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 176
Description 6400 32000 clamp.
Result =(((Raw_value-6400)/25600) * Span_egu) + Lo_egu.

Result =(((InputData-Lo_egu)/Span_egu) * 25600) + 6400.5.

TNON Signal Conditioning

Description 0 32000 Clamp.
Input Range 0 32000.
Scaling Scales binary values to the database block's EGU range. Clamps value to 0
32000 range.


Project Startup for iFIX Applications

The server's iFIX interface has been enhanced to provide iFIX users with better startup performance. This
enhancement applies to iFIX applications that use Analog Output (AO), Digital Output (DO), and/or Alarm
Values that were previously initialized improperly on startup. The server maintains a special iFIX
configuration file for the default server project that contains all items that to be accessed by the iFIX client.
This configuration file is used to automatically start scanning items before iFIX requests item data.
Therefore, data updates that are only requested once (such as AO/DO) have an initial value when requested
by iFIX. For information on using this feature for existing iFIX projects, refer to the instructions below.
1. To start, export the PDB database from the iFIX Database Manager.
2. Re-import the exported file so that each item in the database is re-validated with the server.
3. In the Confirm Tag Replacement message box, select Yes to all.
www. kepware.com
177 KEPServerEX V6
Note: A new configuration file is created in the same folder as the default server project file,
containing the name "default_FIX.ini".
4. Depending on how long it takes to read an initial value for all the items in the project, it may be
necessary to delay the start of SAC processing. Doing so allows the server enough time to retrieve all
initial updates before the iFIX client requests data from the server. For more information on the
specific iFIX version, refer to the iFIX documentation.
5. Restart both the iFIX application and the server to put the changes into effect.
Note: For new projects (or when adding additional items to an existing iFIX database) users do not need
to perform the steps described above. The item is validated by the server upon its addition to the database.
If valid, the server adds the item to the configuration file.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 178
Built-In Diagnostics
When communications problems occur, users can utilize both OPC and channel diagnostics to help
determine the cause of the issue. These views provide diagnostics on both the server-level and driver-level.
Since they may affect performance, users should only utilize diagnostics when debugging or trouble-
shooting. For more information, select a link from the list below.
OPC Diagnostics Viewer

Channel Diagnostics
OPC Diagnostics Viewer

The OPC Diagnostics Viewer provides both a real-time and historical view of OPC events occurring between
an OPC client and the server. An event is a method call that a client makes to the server, or a callback that
the server makes to a client.
Accessing the OPC Diagnostics Viewer

The OPCDiagnostics Viewer is separate from the main server configuration window. To access the OPC
Diagnostics Viewer, click View | OPC Diagnostics.
Note:Although the viewer can be accessed when capture is disabled, there are no diagnostics until it is
enabled.
For information on enabling OPC diagnostics, refer to Project Properties - OPCDA Settings, Project
Properties - OPC UA Settings.
For information on the log settings properties, refer to Settings - Event Log.
Live Data Mode

The OPCDiagnostics Viewer opens in Live Data Mode, which displays the persisted OPC Diagnostics data
that is currently available from the Event Log. The viewer is updated in real time. To pause the display, click
www. kepware.com
179 KEPServerEX V6
View | Pause or select the Pause icon. Although data continues to be captured, the display does not
update.
To save an OPCDiagnostics file, click File | Save As and select OPC Diagnostic Files (*.opcdiag).
File Data Mode

The OPC Diagnostics Viewer can open and display saved OPC Diagnostics files. When a saved file is opened,
the viewer switches to File Data Mode and display the name and data from the loaded file. Users can switch
between the modes through the View menu. Once a file is closed, the view switches to Live Data, and the File
Data view is unavailable until another file is loaded.
View Menu
Descriptions of the options are as follows:
l Live Data: When enabled, this option displays any persisted OPC Diagnostics data that is currently
available from the Event Log. The default setting is enabled.For more information, refer to Live Data
Mode.
l File Data: When enabled, this option displays data from a saved OPCDiagnostics file. The default
setting is disabled. For more information, refer to File Data Mode.
l Always on Top: When enabled, this option forces the OPC Diagnostics window to remain on the top
of all other application windows. The default setting is enabled.
l Autoscroll: When enabled, this option scrolls the display as new events are received to ensure that
the most recent event is visible. It turns off when users manually select an event (or when a selection
is made by Find/Find Next).
l Toolbar: When enabled, this option displays a toolbar of icons for quick access to the options
available through the File, Edit, and View menus. The default setting is enabled.
l Information Bar:When enabled, this option displays a bar of information above the OPCDiagnostics
data. The default setting is enabled.
Find
This dialog searches the Diagnostics View for key information transferred between the client and server. For
example, this search functionality can be used to find all actions on a particular item ID or group name.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 180
l Find What: This field specifies the search criteria.

l Match Case: When enabled, the search criteria is case sensitive.
l Search Details: When enabled, the search criteria includes details.
Note: When an event or detail with the specified text is found, the line containing the text is highlighted.
To perform a Find Next operation (and look for the next occurrence of the specified text), press "F3". When
the last occurrence is found, a message box indicates this condition. Users can change the search criteria at
any time by pressing "Ctrl+F".
Filter
This dialog specifies which events is visible in the OPCDiagnostics Viewer. For example, most clients make
continuous GetStatus calls into the server to determine whether the server is still available. By filtering this
event, users can just examine the diagnostics data. The filtering applied is to the view, not to the capture. All
event types are captured regardless of the filter settings. Furthermore, because filters can be applied while
the dialog is open, settings can be changed and applied independently. Changes may be made without
closing and reopening the dialog.
Note: Each method (such as "IOPCCommon" or "GetErrorString") of every OPC Data Access 1.0, 2.0, and
3.0 interface that is supported by the server is available as a filter.
www. kepware.com
181 KEPServerEX V6
l Check Selected: When clicked, this button enables all events under the selected item for viewing. All
methods for all interfaces are selected by default.
For more information, refer to OPC DA Events and OPC UA Services.
l Uncheck Selected When clicked, this button enables all event types and methods under the selected
item.
l Import: When clicked, this button allows users to select an INI file for import to the Filter.
l Export: When clicked, this button allows users to export the Filter as an INI file.
Notes:
1. Because the Filter settings are persisted when the OPCDiagnostics Viewer is closed, users can
reopen and view the OPCdiagnostic files at a later time. Files opened in File Data Mode may be
filtered. When a file is saved from the OPCDiagnostics Viewer, only the events that are displayed as a
result of the applied filter is saved. If an unfiltered data file is required, users must turn off filtering
before saving the file.
2. The server's performance is affected when diagnostic information is captured because it is an

additional layer of processing that occurs between the client/server communications. Furthermore,
logging OPC Diagnostics in the Extended Datastore Persistence Mode can consume a lot of disk
space. The Windows Event Viewer reports any related errors. For information on persistence modes,
refer to Settings - Event Log.
OPC DA Events
For more information on a specific OPC Diagnostic Event, select a link from the list below.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 182
IClassFactory
Server
IOPCCommon
IOPCServer
IConnectionPointContainer (Server)
IConnectionPoint (Server)
IOPCBrowse
IOPCBrowseServerAddressSpace
IOPCItemProperties
IOPCItemIO
Group
IOPCGroupStateMgt
IOPCGroupStateMgt2
IOPCItemMgt
IOPCItemDeadbandMgt
IOPCItemSamplingMgt
IOPCSyncIO
IOPCSyncIO2
IOPCAsyncIO
IDataObject
IAdviseSink
IAsyncIO2
IAsyncIO3
IConnectionPointContainer (Group)
IConnectionPoint (Group)
IOPCDataCallback
IEnumOPCItemAttributes
IClassFactory
The IClassFactory interface contains several methods intended to deal with an entire class of objects. It is
implemented on the class object for a specific class of objects and is identified by a CLSID.
l QueryInterface: The client can ask the object whether it supports any outgoing interfaces by calling
QueryInterface for IConnectionPointContainer. If the object answers "yes" by handing back a valid
pointer, the client knows it can attempt to establish a connection.
l AddRef: Increments the reference count for an interface on an object. It should be called for every
new copy of a pointer to an interface on a given object.
l Release: Decreases the reference count of the interface by 1.
l CreateInstance: Creates an uninitialized object.
l LockServer: Allows instances to be created quickly when called by the client of a class object to keep
a server open in memory.
Server
The client calls CoCreateInstance to create the server object and the initial interface.
www. kepware.com
183 KEPServerEX V6
IOPCCommon
This interface is used by all OPC server types (DataAccess, Alarm&Event, Historical Data, and so forth). It
provides the ability to set and query a Locale ID which would be in effect for the particular client/server
session. The actions of one client do not affect other clients.
l GetErrorString: Returns the error string for a server specific error code. The expected behavior is
that this includes handling of Win32 errors as well (such as RPC errors).
l GetLocaleID: Returns the default Locale ID for this server/client session.
l QueryAvailableLocaleIDs: Returns the available Locale IDs for this server/client session.
l SetClientName: Allows the client to optionally register a client name with the server. This is included
primarily for debugging purposes. The recommended behavior is that users set the Node name and
EXE name here.
l SetLocaleID: Sets the default Locale ID for this server/client session. This Locale ID is used by the
GetErrorString method on this interface. The default value for the server should be LOCALE_SYSTEM_
DEFAULT.
IOPCServer
This is an OPC server's main interface. The OPC server is registered with the operating system as specified
in the Installation and Registration Chapter of this specification.
l AddGroup: Adds a group to a server. A group is a logical container for a client to organize and
manipulate data items.
l CreateGroupEnumerator: Creates various enumerators for the groups provided by the server.
l GetErrorString: Returns the error string for a server specific error code.
l GetGroupByName: Returns an additional interface pointer when given the name of a private group
(created earlier by the same client). Use GetPublicGroupByName to attach to public groups. This
function can be used to reconnect to a private group for which all interface pointers have been
released.
l GetStatus: Returns current status information for the server.
l RemoveGroup: Deletes the group. A group is not deleted when all the client interfaces are released,
since the server itself maintains a reference to the group. The client may still call GetGroupByName
after all the interfaces have been released. RemoveGroup() causes the server to release its 'last'
reference to the group, which results in the group being deleted.
IConnectionPointContainer (Server)
This interface provides the access to the connection point for IOPCShutdown.
l EnumConnectionPoints: Creates an enumerator for the connection points supported between the
OPC group and the client. OPCServers must return an enumerator that includes IOPCShutdown.
Additional vendor specific callbacks are allowed.
l FindConnectionPoint: Finds a particular connection point between the OPC server and the client.
OPCServers must support IID_IOPCShutdown. Additional vendor specific callbacks are allowed.
IConnectionPoint (Server)
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 184
This interface establishes a call back to the client.
l Advise: Establishes an advisory connection between the connection point and the caller's sink object.
l EnumConnections: Creates an enumerator object for iteration through the connections that exist to
this connection point.
l GetConnectionInterface: Returns the IID of the outgoing interface managed by this connection
point.
l GetConnectionPointContainer: Retrieves the IConnectionPointContainer interface pointer to the
connectable object that conceptually owns the connection point.
l Unadvise: Terminates an advisory connection previously established through the Advise method.
l ShutdownRequest: Allows the server to request that all clients disconnect from the server.
IOPCBrowse
IOPCBrowse interface provides improved methods for browsing the server address space and for obtaining
the item properties.
l GetProperties: Returns an array of OPCITEMPROPERTIES, one for each item ID.

l Browse: Browses a single branch of the address space and returns zero or more
OPCBROWSEELEMENT structures.
IOPCBrowseServerAddressSpace
This interface provides a way for clients to browse the available data items in the server, giving the user a
list of the valid definitions for an item ID. It allows for either flat or hierarchical address spaces and is
designed to work well over a network. It also insulates the client from the syntax of a server vendor specific
item ID.
l BrowseAccessPaths: Provides a way to browse the available AccessPaths for an item ID.
l BrowseOPCItemIDs: Returns an IENUMString for a list of item IDs as determined by the passed
properties. The position from which the browse is made can be set in ChangeBrowsePosition.
l ChangeBrowserPosition: Provides a way to move up, down or to in a hierarchical space.
l GetItemID: Provides a way to assemble a fully qualified item ID in a hierarchical space. This is
required since the browsing functions return only the components or tokens that make up an item ID
and do not return the delimiters used to separate those tokens. Also, at each point one is browsing
just the names below the current node (e.g. the units in a cell).
l QueryOrganization: Provides a way to determine if the underlying system is inherently flat or
hierarchical and how the server may represent the information of the address space to the client.
Flat and hierarchical spaces behave somewhat different. If the result is flat, the client knows that
there is no need to pass the Branch or Leaf flags to BrowseOPCItem IDs or to call
ChangeBrowsePosition.
IOPCItemProperties
This interface can be used to browse the available properties associated with an item ID as well as to read
the properties' current values.
l GetItemProperties: Returns a list of the current data values for the passed ID codes.
l LookUpItemIDs: Returns a list of item IDs for each of the passed ID codes if any are available. These
indicate the item ID which could be added to an OPC group and used for more efficient access to the
data corresponding to the item properties.
l QueryAvailableProperties: Returns a list of ID codes and descriptions for the available properties
for this item ID. This list may differ for different item IDs. This list is expected to be relatively stable
for a particular item ID, although it could be affected from time to time by changes to the underlying
www. kepware.com
185 KEPServerEX V6
system's configuration. The item ID is passed to this function because servers are allowed to return
different sets of properties for different item IDs.
IOPCItemIO
The purpose of this interface is to provide an easy way for basic applications to obtain OPC data.
l Read: Reads one or more values, qualities, and timestamps for the items specified. This is
functionally similar to the IOPCSyncIO::Read method.
l WriteVQT: Writes one or more values, qualities, and timestamps for the items specified. This is
functionally similar to the IOPCSyncIO2::WriteVQT except that there is no associated group. If a client
attempts to write VQ, VT, or VQT it should expect that the server will write them all or none at all.
Group
The client calls CoCreateInstance to create the server object and the initial interface.
IOPCGroupStateMgt
IOPCGroupStateMgt allows the client to manage the overall state of the group. Primarily, this accounts for
changes made to the group's update rate and active state.
l CloneGroup: Creates a second copy of a group with a unique name.

l GetState: Gets the current state of the group. This function is typically called to obtain the current
values of this information prior to calling SetState. This information was all supplied by or returned to
the client when the group was created.
l SetName: Changes the name of a private group. The name must be unique. The name cannot be
changed for public groups. Group names are required to be unique with respect to an individual
client to server connection.
l SetState: Sets various properties of the group. This represents a new group which is independent of
the original group.
IOPCGroupStateMgt2
This interface was added to enhance the existing IOPCGroupStateMgt interface.
l SetKeepAlive: Causes the server to provide client callbacks on the subscription when there are no
new events to report. Clients can be assured of the health of the server and subscription without
resorting to pinging the server with calls to GetStatus().
l GetKeepAlive: Returns the currently active keep-alive time for the subscription.
IOPCItemMgt
This interface allows a client to add, remove and control the behavior of items is a group.
l AddItems: Adds one or more items to a group. It is acceptable to add the same item to the group
more than once, generating a second item with a unique ServerHandle.
l CreateEnumerator: Creates an enumerator for the items in the group.
l RemoveItems: Removes items from a group. Removing items from a group does not affect the
address space of the server or physical device. It indicates whether or not the client is interested in
those particular items.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 186
l SetActiveState: Sets one or more items in a group to active or inactive. This controls whether or not
valid data can be obtained from read cache for those items and whether or not they are included in
the IAdvise subscription to the group. Deactivating items does not result in a callback, since by
definition callbacks do not occur for inactive items. Activating items generally results in an IAdvise
callback at the next UpdateRate period.
l SetClientHandles: Changes the client handle for one or more items in a group. In general, it is
expected that clients set the client handle when the item is added and not change it later.
l SetDataTypes: Changes the requested data type for one or more items in a group. In general, it is
expected that clients set the requested data type when the item is added and not change it later.
l ValidateItems: Determines if an item is valid and could be added without error. It also returns
information about the item such as canonical datatype. It does not affect the group in any way.
IOPCItemDeadbandMgt
Force a callback to IOPCDataCallback::OnDataChange for all active items in the group, whether they have
changed or not. Inactive items are not included in the callback. The MaxAge value determines where the
data is obtained. There is only one MaxAge value, which determines the MaxAge for all active items in the
group. This means some of the values may be obtained from cache while others could be obtained from the
device, depending on the "freshness" of the data in the cache.
l SetItemDeadband: Overrides the deadband specified for the group for each item.
l GetItemDeadband: Gets the deadband values for each of the requested items.
l ClearItemDeadband: Clears the individual item PercentDeadband, effectively reverting them back
to the deadband value set in the group.
IOPCItemSamplingMgt
This optional interface allows the client to manipulate the rate at which individual items within a group are
obtained from the underlying device. It does not affect the group update rate of the callbacks for
OnDataChange.
l SetItemSamplingRate: Sets the sampling rate on individual items. This overrides the update rate of
the group as far as collection from the underlying device is concerned. The update rate associated
with individual items does not affect the callback period.
l GetItemSamplingRate: Gets the sampling rate on individual items, which was previously set with
SetItemSamplingRate.
l ClearItemSamplngRate: Clears the sampling rate on individual items, which was previously set with
SetItemSamplingRate. The item reverts to the update rate of the group.
l SetItemBufferEnable: Requests that the server turns on or off, depending on the value of the Enable
property, the buffering of data for the identified items, which are collected for items that have an
update rate faster than the group update rate.
l GetItemBufferEnable: Queries the current state of the servers buffering for requested items.
IOPCSyncIO
IOPCSyncIO allows a client to perform synchronous read and write operations to a server. The operations
run to completion.
l Read: Reads the value, quality and timestamp information for one or more items in a group. The
function runs to completion before returning. The data can be read from cache in which case it
should be accurate to within the UpdateRate and percent deadband of the group. The data can be
read from the device, in which case an actual read of the physical device must be performed. The
exact implementation of cache and device reads are not defined by the specification.
www. kepware.com
187 KEPServerEX V6
l Write: Writes values to one or more items in a group. The function runs to completion. The values
are written to the device, meaning that the function should not return until it verifies that the device
has actually accepted or rejected the data. Writes are not affected by the active state of the group or
item.
IOPCSyncIO2
This interface was added to enhance the existing IOPCSyncIO interface.
l ReadMaxAge: Reads one or more values, qualities and timestamps for the items specified. This is
functionally similar to the OPCSyncIO::Read method except no source is specified (device or cache).
The server determines whether the information is obtained from the device or cache. This decision is
based on the MaxAge property. If the information in the cache is within the MaxAge, the data is
obtained from the cache; otherwise, the server must access the device for the requested
information.
l WriteVQT: Writes one or more values, qualities and timestamps for the items specified. This is
functionally similar to the IOPCSyncIO::Write except that Quality and Timestamp may be written. If a
client attempts to write VQ, VT or VQT it should expect that the server will write to all or none.
IOPCAsyncIO
IOPCAsyncIO allows a client to perform asynchronous read and write operations to a server. The operations
are queued and the function returns immediately so that the client can continue to run. Each operation is
treated as a transaction and is associated with a Transaction ID. As the operations are completed, a callback
is made to the IAdvise Sink in the client (if one is established). The information in the callback indicates the
Transaction ID and the error results. By convention, 0 is an invalid Transaction ID.
l Cancel: Requests that the server cancel an outstanding transaction.

l Read: Reads one or more items in a group. The results are returned via the IAdvise Sink connection
established through the IDataObject. For cache reads the data is only valid if both the group and the
item are active. Device reads are not affected by the active state of the group or item.
l Refresh: Forces a callback for all active items in the group, whether they have changed or not.
Inactive items are not included in the callback.
l Write: Writes one or more items in a group. The results are returned via the IAdviseSink connection
established through the IDataObject.
IDataObject
IDataObject is implemented on the OPCGroup rather than on the individual items. This allows the creation of
an Advise connection between the client and the group using the OPC Data Stream Formats for the efficient
data transfer.
l DAdvise: Creates a connection for a particular stream format between the OPC group and the client.
l DUnadvise: Terminates a connection between the OPC group and the client.
IAdviseSink
The client only has to provide a full implementation of OnDataChange.
l OnDataChange: This method is provided by the client to handle notifications from the OPC group for
exception based data changes, Async reads and Refreshes and Async Write Complete.
IAsyncIO2
This interface is similar to IOPCAsync(OPC 1.0) and is intended to replace IOPCAsyncIO. It was added in OPC
2.05.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 188
l Cancel2: Requests that the server cancel an outstanding transaction.

l GetEnable: Retrieves the last Callback Enable value set with SetEnable.
l Read: Reads one or more items in a group. The results are returned via the client's
IOPCDataCallback connection established through the server's IConnectionPointContainer. Reads are
from device and are not affected by the active state of the group or item.
l Refresh2: Forces a callback to IOPCDataCallback::OnDataChange for all active items in the group,
whether they have changed or not. Inactive items are not included in the callback.
l SetEnable: Controls the operation of OnDataChange. Setting Enable to False disables any
OnDataChange callbacks with a transaction ID of 0 (not the result of a Refresh). The initial value of
this variable when the group is created is True; OnDataChange callbacks are enabled by default.
l Write: Writes one or more items in a group. The results are returned via the client's
IOPCDataCallback connection established through the server's IConnectionPointContainer.
IAsyncIO3
This interface was added to enhance the existing IOPCAsyncIO2 interface.
l ReadMaxAge: Reads one or more values, qualities and timestamps for the items specified. This is
functionally similar to the OPCSyncIO::Read method except it is asynchronous and no source is
specified (device or cache). The server determines whether the information is obtained from the
device or cache. This decision is based on the MaxAge property. If the information in the cache is
within the MaxAge, the data is obtained from the cache; otherwise, the server must access the device
for the requested information.
l WriteVQT: Writes one or more values, qualities and timestamps for the items specified. The results
are returned via the client's IOPCDataCallback connection established through the server's
IConnectionPointContainer. This is functionally similar to the IOPCAsyncIO2::Write except that Quality
and Timestamp may be written. If a client attempts to write VQ, VT or VQT it should expect that the
server will write them all or none at all.
l RefreshMaxAge: Forces a callback to IOPCDataCallback::OnDataChange for all active items in the
group, whether or not they have changed. Inactive items are not included in the callback. The
MaxAge value determines where the data is obtained. There is only one MaxAge value, which
determines the MaxAge for all active items in the group. This means some of the values may be
obtained from cache while others can be obtained from the device, depending on the type of the data
in the cache.
IConnectionPointContainer (Group)
This interface provides functionality similar to the IDataObject but is easier to implement and to understand.
It also provides the functionality missing from the IDataObject interface. The client must use the new
IOPCAsyncIO2 interface to communicate via connections established with this interface. The old IOPCAsnyc
continues to communicate via IDataObject connections as in the past.
l EnumConnectionPoints: Creates an enumerator for the connection points supported between the
OPC group and the client.
l FindConnectionPoint: Finds a particular connection point between the OPC group and the client.
IConnectionPoint (Group)
This interface establishes a call back to the client.
l Advise: Establishes an advisory connection between the connection point and the caller's sink object.
l EnumConnections: Creates an enumerator object for iteration through the connections that exist to
this connection point.
www. kepware.com
189 KEPServerEX V6
l GetConnectionInterface: Returns the IID of the outgoing interface managed by this connection
point.
l GetConnectionPointContainer: Retrieves the IConnectionPointContainer interface pointer to the
connectable object that conceptually owns the connection point.
l Unadvise: Terminates an advisory connection previously established through the Advise method.
IOPCDataCallback
To use connection points, the client must create an object that supports both the IUnknown and
IOPCDataCallback interface.
l OnDataChange: This method is provided by the client to handle notifications from the OPC group for
exception based data changes and Refreshes.
l OnReadComplete: This method is provided by the client to handle notifications from the OPC group
on completion of Async reads.
l OnWriteComplete: This method is provided by the client to handle notifications from the OPC group
on completion of AsyncIO2 Writes.
l OnCancelComplete: This method is provided by the client to handle notifications from the OPC
group on completion of Async cancel.
IEnumOPCItemAttributes
IEnumOPCItemAttributes allows clients to find out the contents of a group and the attributes of those items.
Most of the returned information is either supplied by or returned to the client at the time it called AddItem.
l Clone: Creates a second copy of the enumerator. The new enumerator is initially in the same state
as the current enumerator.
l Next: Fetches the next 'celt' items from the group.
l Reset: Resets the enumerator back to the first item.
l Skip: Skips over the next 'celt' attributes.
For more information on the general principles of connection points, refer to Microsoft documentation.
OPC UA Services
For more information on a specific OPC Diagnostic Event, select a link from the list below.
AttributeServiceSet
DiscoveryServiceSet
MonitoredItemServiceSet
OtherServices
SecureChannelServiceSet
SessionServiceSet
SubscriptionServiceSet
ViewServiceSet
AttributeServiceSet
This service set provides services to access attributes that are part of nodes.
l Read: This service is used to read one or more attributes of one or more nodes. For constructed
attribute values whose elements are indexed, such as an array, this service allows clients to read the
entire set of indexed values as a composite, to read individual elements or to read ranges of
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 190
elements of the composite.

l Write: This service is used to write values to one or more attributes of one or more nodes. For
constructed attribute values whose elements are indexed, such as an array, this service allows
clients to write the entire set of indexed values as a composite, to write individual elements or to
write ranges of elements of the composite.
DiscoveryServiceSet
This service set defines services used to discover the endpoints implemented by a server and to read the
security configuration for those endpoints.
l FindServers: This service returns the servers known to a server or discovery server.
l GetEndpoints: This service returns the endpoints supported by a server and all of the configuration
information required to establish a secure channel and session.
MonitoredItemServiceSet
This service set allows clients to define monitored items to subscribe to data and events. Each monitored
item identifies the item to be monitored and the subscription to use to send notifications. The item to be
monitored may be any node attribute.
l CreateMonitoredItems: This service is used to create and add one or more MonitoredItems to a
Subscription. A MonitoredItem is deleted automatically by the server when the Subscription is
deleted.
l DeleteMonitoredItems: This service is used to remove one or more MonitoredItems of a
Subscription. When a MonitoredItem is deleted, its triggered item links are also deleted.
l ModifyMonitoredItems: This service is used to modify MonitoredItems of a Subscription. Changes
to the MonitoredItem settings are immediately applied by the server.
l SetMonitoringMode: This service is used to set the monitoring mode for one or more
MonitoredItems of a Subscription. Setting the mode to disabled causes all queued notifications to be
deleted.
l SetTriggering: This service is used to create and delete triggering links for a triggering item.
Triggered items and their links cause a monitored item to report samples when their monitoring
mode doesnt allow for that by default.
OtherServices
OtherServices represents miscellaneous services and notifications.
l ServiceFault: This response is provided any time a service fails.

l Unsupported: These services are not supported by this server.
SecureChannelServiceSet
This service set defines services used to open a communication channel that ensures the confidentiality and
integrity of all messages exchanged with the server.
l CloseSecureChannel: This service is used to terminate a SecureChannel.

l OpenSecureChannel: This services is used to open or renew a SecureChannel that can be used to
ensure confidentiality and integrity for message exchange during a session. This service requires the
communication stack to apply the various security algorithms to the messages as they are sent and
received.
www. kepware.com
191 KEPServerEX V6
SessionServiceSet
This service set defines services for an application layer connection establishment in the context of a
session.
l ActivateSession: This service is used by the client to specify the identity of the user associated with
the session.
l Cancel: This service is used to cancel any outstanding service requests. Successfully cancelled
service requests shall respond with Bad_RequestCancelledByClient ServiceFaults.
l CloseSession: This service is used to terminate a session.
l CreateSession: This service is used by the client to create a Session and the server returns two
values which uniquely identify the Session. The first value is the sessionId which is used to identify the
Session in the Servers AddressSpace. The second is the authenticationToken which is used to
associate an incoming request with a Session.
SubscriptionServiceSet
Subscriptions are used to report notifications from MonitoredItems to a client.
l CreateSubscription: This service is used to create a subscription. Subscriptions monitor a set of

MonitoredItems for Notifications and return them to the client in response to Publish requests.
l DeleteSubscriptions: This service is invoked to delete one or more subscriptions that belong to the
clients session. Successful completion of this service causes all MonitoredItems that use the
Subscription to be deleted.
l ModifySubscription: This service is used to modify a subscription.
l Publish: This service is used for two purposes. First, it is used to acknowledge the receipt of
NotificationMessages for one or more Subscriptions. Second, it is used to request the server to
return a NotificationMessage or a keep-alive message. Since Publish requests are not directed to a
specific Subscription, they may be used by any Subscription.
l Republish: This service requests the Subscription to republish a NotificationMessage from its
retransmission queue.
l SetPublishingMode: This service is used to enable or disable sending of notifications on one or
more subscriptions.
l TransferSubscriptions: This service is used to transfer a subscription and its MonitoredItems from
one Session to another.
ViewServiceSet
Clients use the browse services of this service set to navigate through the AddressSpace.
l Browse: This service is used to discover the References of a specified Node. The browse service also
supports a primitive filtering capability.
l BrowseNext: This service is used to request the next set of Browse or BrowseNext response
information that is too large to be sent in a single response. Too large in this context means that the
server is not able to return a larger response or that the number of results to return exceeds the
maximum number of results to return that was specified by the client in the original browse request.
l RegisterNodes: This service can be used by clients to register the Nodes that they know they will
access repeatedly (e.g. Write, Read). It allows Servers to set up anything needed so that the access
operations will be more efficient.
l TranslateBrowsePathsToNodeIds: This service is used to request that the server translates one or
more browse paths to NodeIds. Each browse path is constructed of a starting Node and a
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 192
RelativePath. The specified starting Node identifies the Node from which the RelativePath is based.
The RelativePath contains a sequence of ReferenceTypes and BrowseNames.
l UnregisterNodes: This service is used to unregister NodeIds that have been obtained via the
RegisterNodes service.
For more information on the general principles of connection points, refer to Microsoft documentation.
Communication Diagnostics
The server's diagnostic features provide real-time information on the communication driver's performance.
All read and write operations can be viewed in the Diagnostics Viewer or tracked directly in the OPC client
application with built-in Diagnostics tags. The Diagnostic Viewer also provides a real-time protocol view,
which is useful when making changes to key communication parameter settings (such as baud rate, parity,
or device IDs). The changes' effects are displayed in real-time. Once the correct communication and device
settings are set, the data exchange with the device is visible.
Enabling Communication Diagnostics

To enable Communication Diagnostics, right-click on the channel in the Project View and click Properties |
Enable Diagnostics. Alternatively, double-click on the channel and select Enable Diagnostics. Users may
enable diagnostics after channel creation.
See Also: Channel Properties - General
Accessing the Communication Diagnostics Viewer

To access the Communication Diagnostics Viewer, right-click on the channel or device in the Project View
and select Diagnostics. Alternatively, select the channel or device and click View |Communication
Diagnostics. The Communication Diagnostics Viewer operates in a mode-less form that allows it to exist
while other dialogs in the server are open. Once the viewer is open, it should begin capturing the real-time
protocol data. If communications are occurring properly, there is a stream of communications messages
between the server and the device. Users should be able to view the TX and RX events, as well as the Total
Event count.
Note: Although the Communication Diagnostics Viewer can be opened when capture is disabled, there
are no diagnostics until it is enabled. When enabled, the viewer displays "Capturing". When disabled, the
viewer displays "Diagnostics capture disabled".
www. kepware.com
193 KEPServerEX V6
Reset Statistics
Clicking Reset Statistics sets the counts for TX, RX, Good Reads, Failed Reads, Good Writes, and Failed Writes
to zero. Total Events are not set to zero because it specifies the actual number of events in the viewer.
For information on the log settings, refer to Settings - Event Log.
Accessing the Context Menu

If communications do not appear to be working normally, users can access the channel properties and
modify the communications parameters. The Diagnostic Window remains displayed even after the channel
properties are displayed, allowing users to change the properties and monitor their effect. The Diagnostic
Window must be displayed before any dialogs are accessed.
If a communications problem persists, right-click in the Diagnostic Window to invoke the context menu. Then,
use the available selections to tailor the Diagnostic Window's operation.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 194
l Hex: When enabled, the TX/RX details are formatted using hexadecimal notation.
l ASCII: When enabled, the TX/RX details are formatted using ASCII notation.
l Find: This option invokes a dialog for entering a search string to be applied to the event details. For
more information, refer to Find.
l Copy: This option formats the protocol capture buffer's contents as text for easy "cut and paste" into
an email or fax message. This information helps Technical Support analyze and diagnose many
communications issues.
l Save as Text File: This option saves all the events in the view to a specified file name (as text).
l Autoscroll: This option scrolls the display as new events are received to ensure that the most recent
one is visible. It is turned off when users manually select an event (or when a selection is made by
Find/Find Next).
l Always on Top: This option forces the Diagnostics Window to remain on the top of all other
application windows. This is the default setting.
l Delete All Events: This option clears the log being maintained by the Event Log and results in the
deletion of data.
Find
This dialog searches the Diagnostics View for key information transferred between the client and server.
l Search all data for:This field specifies the search criteria.
Note: When an event or detail with the specified text is found, the line containing the text is highlighted.
To perform a Find Next operation (and look for the next occurrence of the specified text), press "F3". When
the last occurrence is found, a message box is displayed indicating this condition. Users can change the
search criteria at any time by pressing "Ctrl+F".
www. kepware.com
195 KEPServerEX V6
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 196
Event Log Messages

The following information concerns messages posted to the Event Log pane in the main user interface.
Consult the server help on filtering and sorting the Event Log detail view. Server help contains many
common messages, so should also be searched. Generally, the type of message (informational, warning)
and troubleshooting information is provided whenever possible.
Server Summary Information

The server provides basic summary information about itself and any drivers and plug-ins that are currently
installed.
About the Server

The server version is readily available for review and provides a way to find driver-specific information. To
access, click Help | Support Information in the server Configuration. To display the version information of
all installed components, click Versions.
Component Version Information

The Version Information window displays all installed drivers and plug-ins along with their version numbers.
For driver-specific information, select a component and click Summary.
Driver Information
The Driver Information window provides a summary of the driver's default settings. For example, each driver
displays its maximum number of supported channels.
www. kepware.com
197 KEPServerEX V6
Descriptions of the information available is as follows:
l Summary provides the driver name and type, the maximum number of supported channels, and the
number of models in the driver.
l COMM Defaults displays the driver's default settings, which may or may not match the settings of
the device being configured.
l Driver flag definitions displays the driver library functions and indicates whether they have been
enabled in the driver.
l Model Information displays device-specific addressing and features. It lists the name for each
supported model in addition to its addressing values and other features.
The <name> device driver was not found or could not be loaded.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
1. If the project has been moved from one PC to another, the required drivers may have not been
installed yet.
2. The specified driver may have been removed from the installed server.
3. The specified driver may be the wrong version for the installed server version.
Possible Solution:
1. Re-run the server install and add the required drivers.
2. Re-run the server install and re-install the specified drivers.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 198
3. Ensure that a driver has not been placed in the installed server directory (which is out of sync with the
server version).
Unable to load the '<name>' driver because more than one copy exists
('<name>' and '<name>'). Remove the conflicting driver and restart the
application.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
Multiple versions of the driver DLL exist in the driver's folder in the server.
Possible Solution:
1. Re-run the server install and re-install the specified drivers.
2. Contact Technical support and verify the correct version. Remove the driver that is invalid and restart
the server and load the project.
Invalid project file.

Error Type:
Error
Failed to open modem line '<line>' [TAPI error = <code>].

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
TAPI attempted to open the modem line for the server and encountered an error.
Possible Solution:
Correct the condition for the specified error. Then re-attempt to open the modem line.
Unable to add channel due to driver-level failure.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
Attempt failed due to issues in the driver.
Possible Solution:
Refer to the additional messages about the driver error and correct related issues.
Unable to add device due to driver-level failure.

Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
199 KEPServerEX V6
Possible Cause:
Attempt failed due to issues in the driver.
Possible Solution:
Refer to the additional messages about the driver error and correct related issues.
Version mismatch.
Error Type:
Error
Invalid XML document:

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The server is unable to parse the specified XML file.
Possible Solution:
If the server project was edited using a third-party XML editor, verify that the format is correct via the
schemas for the server and drivers.
Unable to load project <name>:

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The project was created in a server version that is not compatible with the version trying to load it.
Possible Solution:
Typically this happens when a project was created in a newer version of the server and it is being opened in
an older version.
Note:
Every attempt is made to ensure backwards compatibility in the server so that projects created in older
versions may be loaded in newer versions. However, since new versions of the server and driver may have
properties and configurations that do not exist in older versions, it may not be possible to open or load a
older project in a newer version.
Unable to backup project file to '<path>' [<reason>]. The save operation has
been aborted. Verify the destination file is not locked and has read/write
access. To continue to save this project without a backup, deselect the
backup option under Tools | Options | General and re-save the project.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 200
1. The destination file may be not locked by another application.
2. The destination file or the folder where it is located does not allow read/write access.
Possible Solution:
1. Ensure that the destination file is not locked by another application, unlock the file, or close the
application.
2. Ensure that the destination file and with the folder where it is located allow read and write access.
<feature name> was not found or could not be loaded.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The feature is not installed or is not in the expected location.
Possible Solution:
Re-run the server install and select the specified feature for installation.
Unable to save project file <name>:

Error Type:
Error
Device discovery has exceeded <count> maximum allowed devices. Limit

the discovery range and try again.
Error Type:
Error
<feature name> is required to load this project.

Error Type:
Error
The current language does not support loading XML projects. To load XML
projects, change the product language selection to English in Server
Administration.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
Loading XML projects file allowed only in English environment.
Possible Solution:
Change the product language selection to English in Server Administration and try again.
www. kepware.com
201 KEPServerEX V6
Auto-generated tag '<tag>' already exists and will not be overwritten.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Although the server is regenerating tags for the tag database, it has been set not to overwrite tags that
already exist.
Possible Solution:
If this is not the desired action, change the setting of the "On Duplicate Tag" property for the device.
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>'. The device is not
responding.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
1. The device did not respond to the communications request.
2. The specified device is not on, not connected, or in error.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the device is powered on and that the PC is on (so that the server can connect to it).
2. Verify that all cabling is correct.
3. Verify that the device IDs are correct.
4. Correct the device failure and retry the tag generation.
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>':

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified device is not on, not connected, or in error.
Possible Solution:
Correct the device failure and retry the tag generation.
Auto generation produced too many overwrites, stopped posting error

messages.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 202
1. To keep from filling the error log, the server has stopped posting error messages on tags that cannot
be overwritten during automatic tag generation.
2. Reduce the scope of the automatic tag generation or eliminate problematic tags.
Failed to add tag '<tag>' because the address is too long. The maximum
address length is <number>.
Error Type:
Warning
Line '<line>' is already in use.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The target modem line is already open, likely because it is in use by another application.
Possible Solution:
Find the application holding the modem open and close or release it.
Hardware error on line '<line>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
A hardware error was returned after a request was made for a tag in a device connected to the modem.
Possible Solution:
Disable data collection on the device. Enable it after the modem connects to the destination modem.
Note:
The error occurs on first scan and is not repeated.
No comm handle provided on connect for line '<line>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
An attempt was made to connect to the modem line with no specified COMM handle.
Possible Solution:
Verify the modem is installed and initialized correctly.
Unable to dial on line '<line>'.

Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
203 KEPServerEX V6
Possible Cause:
The modem is not in a state that allows dialing.
Possible Solution:
To dial a number, the line must be idle. Monitor the _Mode Modem tag and dial when it indicates an idle
state.
Unable to use network adapter '<adapter>' on channel '<name>'. Using

default network adapter.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The network adapter specified in the project does not exist on this PC. The server uses the default network
adapter.
Possible Solution:
Select the network adapter to use for the PC and save the project.
See Also:
Channel Properties - Network Interface
Rejecting attempt to change model type on a referenced device '<channel

device>'.
Error Type:
Warning
TAPI line initialization failed: <code>.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The telephony service is not required to be running for the Runtime to start. When the service is disabled
and a serial driver is added to the project, this error message is reported.
Possible Solution:
1. If modem communication is not used, no action is required.
2. If modem communications are required, the telephony service must be started on the PC.
Validation error on '<tag>': <error>.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
An attempt was made to set invalid parameters on the specified tag.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 204
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified driver could not be loaded when the project started.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the version of the installed driver. Check the website to see if the driver version is correct for
the server version installed.
2. If the driver corrupted, delete it and re-run the server install.
Note:
This problem is usually due to corrupted driver DLLs or drivers that are not compatible with the server
version.
Validation error on '<tag>': Invalid scaling parameters.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
An attempt was made to set invalid scaling parameters on the specified tag.
See Also:
Tag Properties - Scaling
Unable to apply modem configuration on line '<line>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
TAPI Manager was unable to apply configuration changes to the server.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the cabling to the modem.
2. Verify that the modem is set to accept configuration changes.
3. Verify that the modem is not being used by another application.
Device '<device>' has been automatically demoted.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Communications with the specified device failed. The device has been demoted from the poll cycle.
www. kepware.com
205 KEPServerEX V6
Possible Solution:
1. If the device fails to reconnect, investigate the reason behind the communications loss and correct it.
2. To stop the device from being demoted, disable Auto-Demotion.
See Also:
Auto-Demotion
<Source>: Invalid Ethernet encapsulation IP '<address>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The IP address specified for a device on an Ethernet encapsulated channel is not a valid IP address.
Possible Solution:
Correct the IP in the XML file and re-load the project.
Note:
This error can occur when loading XML formatted projects that were created or edited with third-party XML
software.
The '<product>' driver does not currently support XML persistence. Save using
the default file format.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified driver does not support XML formatting.
Possible Solution:
Save the project in .opf format.
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified plug-in could not be loaded when the project started.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the version of the plug-in installed. Check the website to see if the plug-in version is compatible
with the server installed. If not, correct the server or re-run the server install.
2. If the plug-in is corrupt, delete it and then re-run the server install.
Note:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 206
This problem is usually due to corrupted plug-in DLLs or plug-ins that are not compatible with the server
version.
The time zone set for '<device>' is '<zone>'. This is not a valid time zone for the
system. Defaulting the time zone to '<zone>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'. Reason:

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'. Reason:

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
Auto-dial disabled. Channel requires at least one phone number for

automatic dialing. | Channel = '<channel>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The auto-dial property automatically changed from Enable to Disable because the last phone number was
removed from the phone book.
Possible Solution:
If auto-dialing is desired, then add a phone number to the phonebook and re-enable auto-dialing. If auto-
dialing is no longer desired, then no further action is required.
www. kepware.com
207 KEPServerEX V6
Channel requires at least one number in its phonebook to use a shared

modem connection. | Channel = '<channel>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
A newly created channel shares a modem with one or more existing channels and requires a phone number
for auto-dialing.
Possible Solution:
Add a phone number to the phonebook of the reported channel.
TAPI configuration has changed, reinitializing...

Error Type:
Informational
<Product> device driver loaded successfully.

Error Type:
Informational
Starting <name> device driver.

Error Type:
Informational
Stopping <name> device driver.

Error Type:
Informational
Dialing '<number>' on line '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Line '<modem>' disconnected.

Error Type:
Informational
Dialing on line '<modem>' canceled by user.

Error Type:
Informational
Line '<modem>' connected at <rate> baud.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 208
Remote line is busy on '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Remote line is not answering on '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
No dial tone on '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
The phone number is invalid (<number>).

Error Type:
Informational
Dialing aborted on '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Line dropped at remote site on '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Incoming call detected on line '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Modem line opened: '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Modem line closed: '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
<Product> device driver unloaded from memory.

Error Type:
Informational
Line '<modem>' connected.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
209 KEPServerEX V6
Simulation mode is enabled on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Simulation mode is disabled on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Attempting to automatically generate tags for device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Completed automatic tag generation for device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Initiating disconnect on modem line '<modem>'.

Error Type:
Informational
A client application has enabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Possible Cause:
A client application connected to the server has enabled or disabled Auto Demotion on the specified device.
Possible Solution:
To restrict the client application from doing this, disable its ability to write to system-level tags through the
User Manager.
See Also:
User Manager
Data collection is enabled on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Data collection is disabled on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Created backup of project '<name>' to '<path>'.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 210
Device '<device>' has been auto-promoted to determine if communications

can be re-established.
Error Type:
Informational
Failed to load library: <name>.

Error Type:
Informational
Failed to read build manifest resource: <name>.

Error Type:
Informational
The project file was created with a more recent version of this software.
Error Type:
Informational
A client application has disabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Phone number priority has changed. | Phone Number Name = '<name>',

Updated Priority = '<priority>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Access to object denied. | User = '<account>', Object = '<object path>',

Permission =
Error Type:
Security
Changing runtime operating mode.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime operating mode change completed.

Error Type:
Informational
Shutting down to perform an installation.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
211 KEPServerEX V6
OPC ProgID has been added to the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'.
Error Type:
Informational
OPC ProgID has been removed from the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'.
Error Type:
Informational
The invalid ProgID entry has been deleted from the ProgID Redirect list. |
ProgID = '<ID>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Password for administrator was reset by the current user. | Administrator

name = '<name>', Current user = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Security
User moved from user group. | User = '<name>', Old group = '<name>', New
group '<name>'.
Error Type:
Security
User group has been created. | Group = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
User added to user group. | User = '<name>', Group = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
User information replaced by import. | File imported = '<absolute file path>'.

Error Type:
Security
User group has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name =
'<name>'.
Error Type:
Security
Permissions definition has changed on user group. | Group = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 212
User has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Security
User has been disabled. | User = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
User group has been disabled. | Group = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
User has been enabled. | User = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
User group has been enabled. | Group = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
Failed to reset password for administrator. | Administrator name = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
Password reset for administrator failed. Current user is not a Windows

administrator. | Administrator name = '<name>', Current user = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Security
Password for user has been changed. | User = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Security
General failure during CSV tag import.

Error Type:
Error
Connection attempt to runtime failed. | Runtime host address = '<host

address>', User = '<name>', Reason = '<reason>'.
Error Type:
Error
Invalid or missing user information.

Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
213 KEPServerEX V6
Insufficient user permissions to replace the runtime project.

Error Type:
Error
Runtime project update failed.

Error Type:
Error
Failed to retrieve runtime project.

Error Type:
Error
Unable to replace devices on channel because it has an active reference

count. | Channel = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Failed to replace existing auto-generated devices on channel, deletion

failed. | Channel = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Channel is no longer valid. It may have been removed externally while

awaiting user input. | Channel = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
No device driver DLLs were loaded.

Error Type:
Error
Device driver was not found or could not be loaded. | Driver = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV data. \n\nField buffer overflow reading identification

record.
Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV data. \n\nUnrecognized field name. | Field = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 214
Error importing CSV data. \n\nDuplicate field name. | Field = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV data. \n\nMissing field identification record.

Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV record. \n\nField buffer overflow. | Record index =

'<number>'.
Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV record. \n\nInsertion failed. | Record index = '<number>',

Record name = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Unable to launch application. | Application = '<path>', OS error = '<code>'.

Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV record. \n\n'Mapped To' tag address is not valid for this
project. | Record index = '<number>', Tag address = '<address>'.
Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV record. \n\nAlias name is invalid. Names cannot contain
double quotations or start with an underscore. | Record index = '<number>'.
Error Type:
Error
Invalid XML document:

Error Type:
Error
Rename failed. There is already an object with that name. | Proposed name =
'<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Failed to start channel diagnostics

Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
215 KEPServerEX V6
Rename failed. Names can not contain periods, double quotations or start
with an underscore. | Proposed name = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Error
Synchronization with remote runtime failed.

Error Type:
Error
Error importing CSV record. Tag name is invalid. | Record index = '<number>',
Tag name = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Error importing CSV record. Tag or group name exceeds maximum name
length. | Record index = '<number>', Max. name length (characters) =
'<number>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Error importing CSV record. Missing address. | Record index = '<number>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Error importing CSV record. Tag group name is invalid. | Record index =
'<index>', Group name = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Close request ignored due to active connection(s). | Active connections =

'<count>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Failed to save embedded dependency file. | File = '<path>'.

Error Type:
Warning
The configuration utility cannot run at the same time as third-party

configuration applications. Close both programs and open only the one you
want to use. | Product = '<name>'.
Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 216
Opening project. | Project = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Closing project. | Project = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Virtual Network Mode changed. This affects all channels and virtual networks.
See help for more details regarding the Virtual Network Mode. | New mode =
'<mode>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Beginning device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Device discovery complete on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices

found = '<count>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices

found = '<count>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Unable to begin device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Shutting down for the purpose of performing an installation.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime project has been reset.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
217 KEPServerEX V6
Runtime project replaced. | New project = '<path>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Not connected to the event logger service.

Error Type:
Security
Feature '<name>' is not licensed and cannot be used.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
1. The named feature of the product has not been purchased and licensed.
2. The product license has been removed or trusted storage has become corrupted.
Possible Solution:
1. Download or install the software feature and purchase license.
2. Consult the Licensing User Manual for instructions on activating emergency licenses.
3. Contact a sales or support representative for assistance.
See Also:
License Utility Help
Failed to load the license interface, possibly due to a missing third-party

dependency. Run in demo mode only.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
One or more required OEM licensing component is missing the system.
Possible Solution:
Contact a sales or support representative for assistance.
See Also:
The demonstration time period has expired.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 218
1. The product has not been purchased and licensed during the temporary demonstration or trial
duration.
2. The server started in demo mode with the specified time remaining in the demo period.
Possible Solution:
1. If evaluating the server, no action needs to be taken.
2. If this is a production machine, activate the product licenses for the installed components before the
demo time period expires.
3. Purchase a license for all features of the product that will be used.
See Also:
Maximum device count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license. Edit
project and restart the server.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified driver was activated with a lite license, which limits the number of devices that can be
configured.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the number of devices authorized by the license and correct the project design to reduce the
device count.
2. If more devices are needed or the lite activation is incorrect, contact a sales representative about
upgrading the license to support more devices.
See Also:
Maximum runtime tag count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license.
Edit client project and restart the server.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The specified driver was activated with a lite license, which limits the number of tags that can be configured.
Possible Solution:
www. kepware.com
219 KEPServerEX V6
1. Verify the number of tags authorized by the license and correct the project design to reduce the tag
count.
2. If more tags are needed or if the lite activation is incorrect, contact a sales representative about
upgrading the license to support more tags.
See Also:
Type <numeric type ID> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature

'<name>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The installed feature license limits the number of items of the specified type that can be configured.
Possible Solution:
1. Contact customer solutions to determine what object type count should be reduced to remain within
the limits of the license.
2. If more items are needed, contact a sales representative about upgrading the license.
See Also:
<Object type name> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature

'<name>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The installed feature license limits the number of items of the specified type that can be configured.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the number authorized by the license and correct the project design to use only that number of
items.
See Also:
The FlexNet Licensing Service must be enabled to process licenses. Failure to

enable the service results in demo mode.
Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 220
Possible Cause:
An attempt was made to verify the license, but the FlexNet Licensing Service is disabled.
Possible Solution:
Use the Windows Service Control Manager to enable the FlexNet Licensing Service, which requires a
runtime restart.
See Also:
The <name> feature license has been removed. The server will enter demo
mode unless the license is restored before the grace period expires.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
The feature license has been deleted, moved to another machine, the hardware key has been removed, or
trusted storage has been corrupted.
Possible Solution:
1. Consult the Licensing User Manual for instructions on activating an emergency licenses.
See Also:
License for feature <name> cannot be accessed [error=<code>] and must be

reactivated.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Trusted storage has been corrupted, possibly due to a system update.
Possible Solution:
1. Consult the Licensing User Manual for instructions on activating an emergency licenses.
See Also:
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it is not licensed.

Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
221 KEPServerEX V6
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it has a time limited license.
Error Type:
Warning
Started time limited usage on feature %s because an object count limit has
been exceeded.
Error Type:
Warning
Started time limited usage on feature %s because a feature count limit has
been exceeded.
Error Type:
Warning
Time limited usage period on feature %s has expired.

Error Type:
Warning
Cannot add item. Requested count of <number> would exceed license limit
of <maximum count>.
Error Type:
Informational
Possible Cause:
The product license limits the number of items that can be configured.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the number authorized by the license and correct the project to use only that number of items.
See Also:
The version of component <name> (<version>) is required to match that of

component <name> (<version>).
Error Type:
Informational
Possible Cause:
Two installed components have an interdependency that requires the versions to match.
Possible Solution:
Verify component versions and download or install the matching version(s) of the components.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 222
See Also:
Maximum channel count exceeded for the lite version '<name>' driver
license. Edit project and restart the server.
Error Type:
Informational
Possible Cause:
The specified driver was activated with a lite license, which limits the number of channels that can be
configured.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the number of channels authorized by the license. Correct the project to use only that number
of channels.
2. If more channels are needed or the lite activation is incorrect, contact a sales representative about
upgrading the license to support more channels.
See Also:
1. Event Log (in server help)
2. License Utility Help
%s is now licensed.
Error Type:
Informational
Attempt to add item '<name>' failed.

Error Type:
Error
No device driver DLLs were loaded.

Error Type:
Error
Addition of object to '<name>' failed: <reason>.

Error Type:
Warning
Move object '<name>' failed: <reason>.

Error Type:
Warning
Update of object '<name>' failed: <reason>.

Error Type:
www. kepware.com
223 KEPServerEX V6
Warning
Delete object '<name>' failed: <reason>.

Error Type:
Warning
Unable to load startup project '<name>': <reason>.

Error Type:
Warning
Failed to update startup project '<name>': <reason>.

Error Type:
Warning
Runtime project replaced with startup project defined. Runtime project will be
restored from '<name>' at next restart.
Error Type:
Warning
Ignoring user-defined startup project because a configuration session is

active.
Error Type:
Warning
Write request rejected on read-only item reference '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Unable to write to item '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Write request failed on item '<name>'. The write data type '<type>' cannot be
converted to the tag data type '<type>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Write request failed on item '<name>'. Error scaling the write data.
Error Type:
Warning
Write request rejected on item reference '<name>' since the device it belongs
to is disabled.
Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 224
<Name> successfully configured to run as a system service.

Error Type:
Informational
<Name> successfully removed from the service control manager database.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime re-initialization started.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime re-initialization completed.

Error Type:
Informational
Updated startup project '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime service started.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime process started.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime performing exit processing.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime shutdown complete.

Error Type:
Informational
Shutting down to perform an installation.

Error Type:
Informational
Runtime project replaced from '<name>'.

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
225 KEPServerEX V6
Missing application data directory.

Error Type:
Informational
Configuration session started by <name> (<name>).

Error Type:
Security
Configuration session assigned to <name> has ended.

Error Type:
Security
Configuration session assigned to <name> promoted to write access.

Error Type:
Security
Configuration session assigned to <name> demoted to read only.

Error Type:
Security
Permissions change applied on configuration session assigned to <name>.

Error Type:
Security
Missing server instance certificate '<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA
Configuration Manager to reissue the certificate.
Error Type:
Error
Failed to import server instance cert: '<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA
Configuration Manager to reissue the certificate.
Error Type:
Error
The UA server certificate is expired. Please use the OPC UA Configuration

Manager to reissue the certificate.
Error Type:
Error
A socket error occurred listening for client connections. | Endpoint URL =

'<endpoint URL>', Error = <error code>, Details = '<description>'.
Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 226
The UA Server failed to register with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL:
'<endpoint url>'.
Error Type:
Error
The UA Server failed to unregister from the discovery server. | Endpoint URL:
'<endpoint url>'.
Error Type:
Warning
The UA Server successfully registered with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL:
'<endpoint url>'.
Error Type:
Informational
The UA Server successfully unregistered from the discovery server. | Endpoint

URL: '<endpoint url>'.
Error Type:
Informational
Failed to enable iFIX PDB support for this server. | OS Error = '<error>'.
Error Type:
Informational
The ReadProcessed request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s).

Error Type:
Error
The ReadAtTime request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s).

Error Type:
Error
Attempt to add DDE item failed. | Item = '<item name>'.

Error Type:
Error
DDE client attempt to add topic failed. Refer to the alias map under the Edit
menu for valid topics. | Topic = '<topic>'.
Error Type:
Error
Unable to write to item. | Item = '<item name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
227 KEPServerEX V6
The Config API SSL certificate contains a bad signature.

Error Type:
Error
The Config API is unable to load the SSL certificate.

Error Type:
Error
The Config API SSL certificate has expired.

Error Type:
Warning
The Config API SSL certificate is self-signed.

Error Type:
Warning
ThingWorx Messages
The following messages may be generated and displayed in the Event Log.
See Also:Event Log, Event Log Options, Event Log Settings
ThingWorx request to remove item <TagName> failed. The item doesn't exist.
Error Type:
Warning
Source:
Possible Cause:
The tag was already removed from the Thing or no such tag exists.
Possible Solution:
If the Tag still shows under the properties of the Thing, Delete that property in the ThingWorx Composer.
ThingWorx request to add item <TagName> failed. The item was already
added.
Error Type:
Warning
Source:
Possible Cause:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 228
The tag had already been added to this Thing.
Possible Solution:
1. Check the property to see if data is current.
2. If data is not current, delete the property under the Thing and run the addItem service once again.
Failed to autobind property with name <TagName>.
Error Type:
Warning
Source:
Possible Cause:
A property with this name already exists under this Thing.
Possible Solution:
1. Check the property to see if data is current.
2. If data is not current, delete the property under the Thing and run the addItem service once again.
Connected to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS using Thing

name <ThingName>.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
A connection was made to the ThingWorx platform.
Possible Solution:
N/A
Connection to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS was closed.
Error Type:
Warning
Source:
www. kepware.com
229 KEPServerEX V6
Possible Cause:
The connection was closed. The service was stopped or the interface is no longer able to reach the platform.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the native interface is enabled in the project properties.
2. Verify that the host machine can reach the composer on the ThingWorx platform.
Connection to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS failed: <error

code>.
Error Type:
Error
Source:
Possible Cause:
The connection to the ThingWorx platform could not be established.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the host, port, resource, and application key are all valid and correct.
3. Verify that the proper certificate settings are enabled if using a self-signed certificate or no
encryption.
Connection to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS failed for an

unknown reason: error code <Error Code>.
Error Type:
Error
Source:
Possible Cause:
The connection to the ThingWorx platform failed.
Possible Solution:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 230
encryption.
4. Contact technical support with the error code and an application report.
Connection to ThingWorx platform <URL or Host>/Thingworx/WS failed: could

not initialize a secure socket connection.
Error Type:
Error
Source:
Possible Cause:
The connection to the ThingWorx platform could not be established.
Possible Solution:
encryption.
<#> value change update(s) lost due to connection buffer overrun.
Error Type:
Error
Source:
Possible Cause:
Data is being dropped because the ThingWorx platform is not available or too much data is being collected
by the instance.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that some data is updating on the ThingWorx Platform and that the platform is reachable.
2. Slow down the tag scan rate or increase the publish rate to move more data into the ThingWorx
Platform.
Dropping <#> pending autobinds due to interface shutdown or reinitialize.
Error Type:
Warning
www. kepware.com
231 KEPServerEX V6
Source:
Possible Cause:
A server shutdown or initialization was called while auto-binding was in process from an AddItems service
call.
Possible Solution:
Any Items not auto bound will need to be manually created and bound in the ThingWorx Composer.
Failed to restart Thing with name <ThingName>.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
When the AddItem service is complete, a restart service is called on the Thing. This allows the Composer to
visualize the changes. Data changes are sent to the platform even when this error has been presented.
Possible Solution:
Relaunch the composer to restart the Thing.
Reinitializing ThingWorx connection due to a project settings change initiated

from the platform.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
When using the SetConfiguration service, this message informs an operator viewing the KEPServerEX event
log that a change was made.
Possible Solution:
N/A
ThingWorx request to remove item <TagName> failed. The item is bound and
the force flag is false.
Error Type:
Error
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 232
Source:
Possible Cause:
The RemoveItems service could not remove the item because it is bound to a property and the Force Flag is
not set to True.
Possible Solution:
Re-run the service, explicitly calling the ForceRemove flag as True.
The push type of one or more (count = <#>) properties are set to never push
an update to the platform.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
The push type in the ThingWorx platform is set to Never for some items, which prevents any data changes
from being automatically updated on the platform.
Possible Solution:
If this is not the desired behavior, change the push type in the ThingWorx platform.
The server is configured to send an update for every scan, but the push type
of one or more (count = <#>) properties are set to push on value change only.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
The push type in the ThingWorx platform is set to Change Only for some items. This push type only updates
data on the platform when the data value changes.
Possible Solution:
To use the Send Every Scan option, set this value to Always.
Error adding item <TagName>.
Error Type:
www. kepware.com
233 KEPServerEX V6
Error
Source:
Possible Cause:
The item <TagName> could not be added to the server for scanning.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the tag exists on a valid channel and device.
2. Verify that the tag may be read using another client, such as the QuickClient.
Write to property <TagName> failed: <Error>.
Error Type:
Warning
Source:
Possible Cause:
Unable to write to a tag due to a conversion issue.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the data type of the tag in KEPServerEX, as well as in the ThingWorx Platform, is correct
and consistent.
2. Verify that the value to be written is within the appropriate range for the data type.
Serviced <#> autobind requests.
Error Type:
Informational
Source:
Possible Cause:
Part of the AddItems service is the autobind action. This action may take more time than the actual adding of
the item. This message alerts the operator to how many items have been autobound.
Possible Solution:
N/A
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 234
Com port is in use by another application. | Port = '<port>'.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The serial port assigned to a device is being used by another application.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify that the correct port has been assigned to the channel.
2. Verify that only one copy of the current project is running.
Unable to configure com port with specified parameters. | Port =

COM<number>, OS error = <error>.
Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The serial parameters for the specified COM port are not valid.
Possible Solution:
Verify the serial parameters and make any necessary changes.
Driver failed to initialize.

Error Type:
Error
Unable to create serial I/O thread.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The server process has no resources available to create new threads.
Possible Solution:
Each tag group consumes a thread. The typical limit for a single process is about 2000 threads. Reduce the
number of tag groups in the project.
Com port does not exist. | Port = '<port>'.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The specified COM port is not present on the target computer.
Possible Solution:
www. kepware.com
235 KEPServerEX V6
Verify that the proper COM port is selected.
Error opening com port. | Port = '<port>', OS error = <error>.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The specified COM port could not be opened due an internal hardware or software problem on the target
computer.
Possible Solution:
Verify that the COM port is functional and may be accessed by other applications.
Connection failed. Unable to bind to adapter. | Adapter = '<name>'.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
Since the specified network adapter cannot be located in the system device list, it cannot be bound to for
communications. This can occur when a project is moved from one PC to another (and when the project
specifies a network adapter rather than using the default). The server reverts to the default adapter.
Possible Solution:
Change the Network Adapter property to Default (or select a new adapter), save the project, and retry.
Winsock shut down failed. | OS error = <error>.

Error Type:
Error
Winsock initialization failed. | OS error = <error>.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Solution:
1. The underlying network subsystem is not ready for network communication. Wait a few seconds and
restart the driver.
2. The limit on the number of tasks supported by the Windows Sockets implementation has been
reached. Close one or more applications that may be using Winsock and restart the driver.
Winsock V1.1 or higher must be installed to use this driver.

Error Type:
Error
Possible Cause:
The version number of the Winsock DLL found on the system is older than 1.1.
Possible Solution:
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 236
Upgrade Winsock to version 1.1 or higher.
Socket error occurred binding to local port. | Error = <error>, Details =

'<information>'.
Error Type:
Error
Device is not responding.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
1. The connection between the device and the host PC is broken.
2. The communication parameters for the connection are incorrect.
3. The named device may have been assigned an incorrect device ID.
4. The response from the device took longer to receive than allowed by the Request Timeout device
setting.
Possible Solution:
1. Verify the cabling between the PC and the PLC device.
2. Verify that the specified communications parameters match those of the device.
3. Verify that the device ID for the named device matches that of the actual device.
4. Increase the Request Timeout setting to allow the entire response to be handled.
Device is not responding. | ID = '<device>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
1. The network connection between the device and the host PC is broken.
2. The communication parameters configured for the device and driver do not match.
3. The response from the device took longer to receive than allowed by the Request Timeout device
setting.
Possible Solution:
2. Verify that the specified communications parameters match those of the device.
3. Increase the Request Timeout setting to allow the entire response to be handled.
www. kepware.com
237 KEPServerEX V6
Serial communications error on channel. | Error mask = <mask>.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
1. The serial connection between the device and the host PC is broken.
2. The communications parameters for the serial connection are incorrect.
Possible Solution:
1. Investigate the error mask code and the related information.
3. Verify that the specified communication parameters match those of the device.
See Also:
Error Mask Codes
Unable to write to address on device. | Address = '<address>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
2. The communications parameters for the connection are incorrect.
Possible Solution:
3. Verify that the device ID given to the named device matches that of the actual device.
Items on this page may not be changed while the driver is processing tags.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
An attempt was made to change a channel or device configuration while data clients were connected to the
server and receiving data from the channel/device.
Possible Solution:
Disconnect all data clients from the server before making changes.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 238
Specified address is not valid on device. | Invalid address = '<address>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
A tag address has been assigned an invalid address.
Possible Solution:
Modify the requested address in the client application.
Address '<address>' is not valid on device '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
This property may not be changed while the driver is processing tags.
Error Type:
Warning
Unable to write to address '<address>' on device '<name>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
2. The communications parameters for the connection are incorrect.
Possible Solution:
3. Verify that the device ID given to the named device matches that of the actual device.
Socket error occurred connecting. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'.

Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Communication with the device failed during the specified socket operation.
Possible Solution:
Follow the guidance in the error and details, which explain why the error occurred and suggest a remedy
when appropriate.
www. kepware.com
239 KEPServerEX V6
Socket error occurred receiving data. | Error = <error>, Details =

'<information>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
when appropriate.
Socket error occurred sending data. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
when appropriate.
Socket error occurred checking for readability. | Error = <error>, Details =

'<information>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
when appropriate.
Socket error occurred checking for writability. | Error = <error>, Details =

'<information>'.
Error Type:
Warning
Possible Cause:
Possible Solution:
when appropriate.
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 240
%s |
Error Type:
Informational
<Name> Device Driver '<name>'

Error Type:
Informational
www. kepware.com
241 KEPServerEX V6
Index
%s | 240
%s is now licensed. 222
<
<feature name> is required to load this project. 200

<feature name> was not found or could not be loaded. 200
<Name> Device Driver '<name>' 240
<Name> successfully configured to run as a system service. 224
<Name> successfully removed from the service control manager database. 224
<Object type name> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature '<name>'. 219
<Product> device driver loaded successfully. 207
<Product> device driver unloaded from memory. 208
<Source>
Invalid Ethernet encapsulation IP '<address>'. 205
A client application has disabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'. 210

A client application has enabled auto-demotion on device '<device>'. 209
A socket error occurred listening for client connections. | Endpoint URL = '<endpoint URL>', Error =
<error code>, Details = '<description>'. 225
Absolute 79
Access to object denied. | User = '<account>', Object = '<object path>', Permission = 210
Accessing the Administration Menu 22
Add Numeric Range 85
Add Static Text 85
Add Text Sequence 85
Adding and Configuring a Channel 128
Adding and Configuring a Device 130
Adding Tag Scaling 139
Adding User-Defined Tags 132
Addition of object to '<name>' failed
<reason>. 222
Address '<address>' is not valid on device '<name>'. 238
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 242
Advanced Channel Properties 63

Alias Name 92-93
Alias Properties 92
Allow Sub Groups 78
Attempt to add DDE item failed. | Item = '<item name>'. 226
Attempt to add item '<name>' failed. 222
Attempting to automatically generate tags for device '<device>'. 209
AttributeServiceSet 189
Auto-Dial 125
Auto-dial disabled. Channel requires at least one phone number for automatic dialing. | Channel =
'<channel>'. 206
Auto-generated tag '<tag>' already exists and will not be overwritten. 201
Auto Dial 66
Auto generation produced too many overwrites, stopped posting error messages. 201
Automatic OPC Tag Database Generation 97
Basic Server Components 61

Baud Rate 65
Beginning device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Browsing for Tags 134
Built-In Diagnostics 178
Button Bar 35
Cannot add item. Requested count of <number> would exceed license limit of <maximum count>. 221
Changing runtime operating mode. 210
Channel Assignment 73
Channel Creation Wizard 129
Channel is no longer valid. It may have been removed externally while awaiting user input. | Channel =
'<name>'. 213
Channel Properties 62
Channel Properties - Ethernet Communications 63
Channel Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation 66
Channel Properties - General 62
Channel Properties - Write Optimizations 69
Channel requires at least one number in its phonebook to use a shared modem connection. | Channel =
www. kepware.com
243 KEPServerEX V6
'<channel>'. 207
Clamp 88
Close Idle Connection 65-66
Close request ignored due to active connection(s). | Active connections = '<count>'. 215
Closing project. | Project = '<name>'. 216
COM ID 65
Com port does not exist. | Port = '<port>'. 234
Com port is in use by another application. | Port = '<port>'. 234
Comma-Separated Variable 95
Communication Diagnostics 192
Communication Parameters 75
Communication Serialization 67
Communication Serialization Tags 120
Communications Management 122
Communications Timeouts 79-80
Completed automatic tag generation for device '<device>'. 209
Components 14
Config API Architecture 162
Configuration API Concurrent Clients 165
Configuration API Logging 165
Configuration API Service 162
Configuration API Service Configuration 162
Configuration API Service Data 167
Configuration session assigned to <name> demoted to read only. 225
Configuration session assigned to <name> has ended. 225
Configuration session assigned to <name> promoted to write access. 225
Configuration session started by <name> (<name>). 225
Connect Timeout 79
Connection 27
Connection attempt to runtime failed. | Runtime host address = '<host address>', User = '<name>',
Reason = '<reason>'. 212
Connection failed. Unable to bind to adapter. | Adapter = '<name>'. 235
Connection Type 64
CORS 163
Create 78
Created backup of project '<name>' to '<path>'. 209
CSV 95
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 244
Data Bits 65
Data Collection 73
Data collection is disabled on device '<device>'. 209
Data collection is enabled on device '<device>'. 209
Daylight Saving Time 79
DDE 19
DDE client attempt to add topic failed. Refer to the alias map under the Edit menu for valid topics. | Topic
= '<topic>'. 226
Delete 78
Delete object '<name>' failed
<reason>. 223
Demote on Failure 75
Demotion Period 75
Description 72
Designing a Project 127
Detail View 37
Device '<device>' has been auto-promoted to determine if communications can be re-established. 210
Device '<device>' has been automatically demoted. 204
Device Creation Wizard 132
Device Demand Poll 160
Device Discovery 70
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices found = '<count>'. 216
Device discovery canceled on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Device discovery complete on channel. | Channel = '<name>', Devices found = '<count>'. 216
Device discovery has exceeded <count> maximum allowed devices. Limit the discovery range and try
again. 200
Device driver was not found or could not be loaded. | Driver = '<name>'. 213
Device is not responding. 236
Device is not responding. | ID = '<device>'. 236
Device Properties 72
Device Properties - Auto-Demotion 75
Device Properties - Ethernet Encapsulation 76
Device Properties - Identification 72
Device Properties - Tag Generation 77
Diagnostics 63
Dialing '<number>' on line '<modem>'. 207
Dialing aborted on '<modem>'. 208
www. kepware.com
245 KEPServerEX V6
Dialing on line '<modem>' canceled by user. 207

Discard Requests when Demoted 75
Discovery 71
DiscoveryServiceSet 190
Do Not Scan, Demand Poll Only 74
Driver 62, 73
Driver failed to initialize. 234
Duty Cycle 70
Dynamic Tags 89
Error importing CSV data. \n\nDuplicate field name. | Field = '<name>'. 214
Error importing CSV data. \n\nField buffer overflow reading identification record. 213
Error importing CSV data. \n\nMissing field identification record. 214
Error importing CSV data. \n\nUnrecognized field name. | Field = '<name>'. 213
Error importing CSV record. \n\n'Mapped To' tag address is not valid for this project. | Record index =
'<number>', Tag address = '<address>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nAlias name is invalid. Names cannot contain double quotations or start
with an underscore. | Record index = '<number>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nField buffer overflow. | Record index = '<number>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. \n\nInsertion failed. | Record index = '<number>', Record name =
'<name>'. 214
Error importing CSV record. Missing address. | Record index = '<number>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag group name is invalid. | Record index = '<index>', Group name =
'<name>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag name is invalid. | Record index = '<number>', Tag name =
'<name>'. 215
Error importing CSV record. Tag or group name exceeds maximum name length. | Record index =
'<number>', Max. name length (characters) = '<number>'. 215
Error opening com port. | Port = '<port>', OS error = <error>. 235
Event 37
Event Log Display 93
Event Log Messages 196
Export 95
Extended Datastore 28
Failed to add tag '<tag>' because the address is too long. The maximum address length is
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 246
<number>. 202
Failed to enable iFIX PDB support for this server. | OS Error = '<error>'. 226
Failed to import server instance cert
'<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA Configuration Manager to reissue the certificate. 225
Failed to load library
<name>. 210
Failed to load the license interface, possibly due to a missing third-party dependency. Run in demo mode
only. 217
Failed to open modem line '<line>' [TAPI error = <code>]. 198
Failed to read build manifest resource
<name>. 210
Failed to replace existing auto-generated devices on channel, deletion failed. | Channel = '<name>'. 213
Failed to reset password for administrator. | Administrator name = '<name>'. 212
Failed to retrieve runtime project. 213
Failed to save embedded dependency file. | File = '<path>'. 215
Failed to start channel diagnostics 214
Failed to update startup project '<name>'
<reason>. 223
FastDDE/SuiteLink 20
Feature '<name>' is not licensed and cannot be used. 217
Flow Control 65
General failure during CSV tag import. 212

Generate 77
Generating Multiple Tags 136
Global Settings 68
Hardware error on line '<line>'. 202

How Do I... 147
How To ... Work with Non-Normalized Floating Point Values 158
How To... Allow Desktop Interactions 147
How To... Create and Use an Alias 149
How To... Optimize the Server Project 152
How To... Properly Name a Channel, Device, Tag, and Tag Group 153
How To... Resolve Comm Issues When the DNS/DHCP Device Connected to the Server is Power
Cycled 153
www. kepware.com
247 KEPServerEX V6
How To... Use an Alias to Optimize a Project 155

How To... Use Dynamic Tag Addressing 156
How To... Use Ethernet Encapsulation 157
How To...Process Array Data 152
How To...Select the Correct Network Cable 154
How To...Use DDE with the Server 155
HTTP Port 163
HTTPS Port 163
ID 73
Idle Time to Close 66
IEEE-754 floating point 63
iFIX Native Interfaces 20
iFIX Signal Conditioning Options 170
Ignoring user-defined startup project because a configuration session is active. 223
Import 95
Incoming call detected on line '<modem>'. 208
Initial Updates from Cache 74
Initiating disconnect on modem line '<modem>'. 209
Insufficient user permissions to replace the runtime project. 213
Inter-Request Delay 80
Interfaces and Connectivity 16
Interval 79
Introduction 13
Invalid or missing user information. 212
Invalid project file. 198
Invalid XML document 199, 214
IP Address 75-76
Items on this page may not be changed while the driver is processing tags. 237
License for feature <name> cannot be accessed [error=<code>] and must be reactivated. 220
Line '<line>' is already in use. 202
Line '<modem>' connected at <rate> baud. 207
Line '<modem>' connected. 208
Line '<modem>' disconnected. 207
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 248
Line dropped at remote site on '<modem>'. 208

Linear 88
Load Balanced 68
Log file path 28
Log Settings 27
Mapped to 93
Maximum channel count exceeded for the lite version '<name>' driver license. Edit project and restart
the server. 222
Maximum device count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license. Edit project and restart the
server. 218
Maximum runtime tag count exceeded for the lite version '<number>' license. Edit client project and
restart the server. 218
Memory 28
Menu Bar 35
Method 79
Missing application data directory. 225
Missing server instance certificate '<cert location>'. Please use the OPC UA Configuration Manager to
reissue the certificate. 225
Model 73
Modem 66
Modem line closed
'<modem>'. 208
Modem line opened
'<modem>'. 208
Modem Tags 117
MonitoredItemServiceSet 190
Move object '<name>' failed
<reason>. 222
Multiple Tag Generation 84
Name 72
Navigating the User Interface 35
Negate 88
Network Adapter 64, 66
Network Interface 68
www. kepware.com
249 KEPServerEX V6
Network Mode 68
No comm handle provided on connect for line '<line>'. 202
No device driver DLLs were loaded. 213, 222
No dial tone on '<modem>'. 208
no persistence 28
Non-Normalized Float Handling 63
Not connected to the event logger service. 217
On Device Startup 77
On Duplicate Tag 77
OPC .NET 19
OPC AE 17
OPC DA 16
OPC DA Services 189
OPC Diagnostic Events 181
OPC Diagnostics Viewer 178
OPC ProgID has been added to the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
OPC ProgID has been removed from the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
OPC UA 18
Opening project. | Project = '<name>'. 216
Operating Mode 73
Operational Behavior 65
Optimization Method 69
Options - General 59
Options - Runtime Connection 60
OtherServices 190
Overwrite 78
Parent Group 78
Parity 65
Password for administrator was reset by the current user. | Administrator name = '<name>', Current
user = '<name>'. 211
Password for user has been changed. | User = '<name>'. 212
Password reset for administrator failed. Current user is not a Windows administrator. | Admininstrator
name = '<name>', Current user = '<name>'. 212
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 250
Permissions change applied on configuration session assigned to <name>. 225

Permissions definition has changed on user group. | Group = '<name>'. 211
Persisted Datastores 28
Persistence Mode 27
Phone number priority has changed. | Phone Number Name = '<name>', Updated Priority =
'<priority>'. 210
Phonebook 124
Physical Medium 64
Port 27, 76
Preview 86
Priority 68
Process Modes 15
Project Properties 38
Project Properties - DDE 42
Project Properties - FastDDE/Suitelink 44
Project Properties - Identification 38
Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings 46
Project Properties - OPC .NET 57
Project Properties - OPC AE 55
Project Properties - OPC DA Compliance 40
Project Properties - OPC DA Settings 38
Project Properties - OPC HDA 57
Project Properties - OPC UA 53
Project Properties - ThingWorx Native Interface 48
Project Startup for iFIX Applications 176
Project Tree View 36
Property Tags 114
Protocol 76
Raw 88
Read Processing 66
Redundancy 80
Rejecting attempt to change model type on a referenced device '<channel device>'. 203
Remote line is busy on '<modem>'. 208
Remote line is not answering on '<modem>'. 208
Rename failed. Names can not contain periods, double quotations or start with an underscore. |
Proposed name = '<name>'. 215
www. kepware.com
251 KEPServerEX V6
Rename failed. There is already an object with that name. | Proposed name = '<name>'. 214
Report Comm. Errors 65-66
Request All Data at Scan Rate 74
Request Data No Faster than Scan Rate 74
Request Timeout 80
Respect Client-Specified Scan Rate 74
Respect Tag-Specified Scan Rate 74
Retry Attempts 80
Running the Server 127
Runtime operating mode change completed. 210
Runtime performing exit processing. 224
Runtime process started. 224
Runtime project has been reset. 216
Runtime project replaced from '<name>'. 224
Runtime project replaced with startup project defined. Runtime project will be restored from '<name>' at
next restart. 223
Runtime project replaced. | New project = '<path>'. 217
Runtime project update failed. 213
Runtime re-initialization completed. 224
Runtime re-initialization started. 224
Runtime service started. 224
Runtime shutdown complete. 224
Saving the Project 139

Scaled 88
Scan Mode 74
Scan rate override 93
SecureChannelServiceSet 190
Serial Communications 64
Serial communications error on channel. | Error mask = <mask>. 237
Serial Port Settings 65
Server Options 59
Server Summary Information 196
SessionServiceSet 191
Settings 23
Settings - Administration 23
Settings - Configuration 24
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 252
Settings - Event Log 27

Settings - ProgID Redirect 29
Settings - Runtime Options 26
Settings - Runtime Process 25
Settings - User Manager 30
Shutting down for the purpose of performing an installation. 216
Shutting down to perform an installation. 210, 224
Simulated 73
Simulation mode is disabled on device '<device>'. 209
Simulation mode is enabled on device '<device>'. 209
Single File 28
Socket error occurred binding to local port. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 236
Socket error occurred checking for readability. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred checking for writability. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred connecting. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 238
Socket error occurred receiving data. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Socket error occurred sending data. | Error = <error>, Details = '<information>'. 239
Specified address is not valid on device. | Invalid address = '<address>'. 238
Square Root 88
Started time limited usage on feature %s because a feature count limit has been exceeded. 221
Started time limited usage on feature %s because an object count limit has been exceeded. 221
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it has a time limited license. 221
Started time limited usage on feature %s because it is not licensed. 220
Starting <name> device driver. 207
Starting a New Project 127
Static Tags (User-Defined) 90
Statistics Tags 115
Stop Bits 65
Stopping <name> device driver. 207
SubscriptionServiceSet 191
Synchronization with remote runtime failed. 215
System Requirements 14
System Tags 100
Tag Generation 77
Tag Group Properties 90
Tag Management 95
www. kepware.com
253 KEPServerEX V6
Tag Properties - General 81

Tag Properties - Scaling 87
TAPI configuration has changed, reinitializing... 207
TAPI line initialization failed
<code>. 203
Template 96
Testing the Project 140
The '<product>' driver does not currently support XML persistence. Save using the default file
format. 205
The <name> device driver was not found or could not be loaded. 197
The <name> feature license has been removed. The server will enter demo mode unless the license is
restored before the grace period expires. 220
The Config API is unable to load the SSL certificate. 227
The Config API SSL certificate contains a bad signature. 227
The Config API SSL certificate has expired. 227
The Config API SSL certificate is self-signed. 227
The configuration utility cannot run at the same time as third-party configuration applications. Close both
programs and open only the one you want to use. | Product = '<name>'. 215
The current language does not support loading XML projects. To load XML projects, change the product
language selection to English in Server Administration. 200
The demonstration time period has expired. 217
The FlexNet Licensing Service must be enabled to process licenses. Failure to enable the service results
in demo mode. 219
The invalid ProgID entry has been deleted from the ProgID Redirect list. | ProgID = '<ID>'. 211
The phone number is invalid (<number>). 208
The project file was created with a more recent version of this software. 210
The ReadAtTime request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s). 226
The ReadProcessed request timed out. | Elapsed Time = <seconds> (s). 226
The time zone set for '<device>' is '<zone>'. This is not a valid time zone for the system. Defaulting the
time zone to '<zone>'. 206
The UA server certificate is expired. Please use the OPC UA Configuration Manager to reissue the
certificate. 225
The UA Server failed to register with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL
'<endpoint url>'. 226
The UA Server failed to unregister from the discovery server. | Endpoint URL
The UA Server successfully registered with the discovery server. | Endpoint URL
The UA Server successfully unregistered from the discovery server. | Endpoint URL
The version of component <name> (<version>) is required to match that of component <name>
(<version>). 221
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 254
Thin-Client Terminal Server 21

ThingWorx Example 52
ThingWorx Messages 227
ThingWorx Native Interface 20
This property may not be changed while the driver is processing tags. 238
Time limited usage period on feature %s has expired. 221
Time Synchronization 78
Time Zone 79
Timeouts to Demote 75
Transactions 68
Troubleshooting 169
Type <numeric type ID> limit of <maximum count> exceeded on feature '<name>'. 219
Unable to add channel due to driver-level failure. 198

Unable to add device due to driver-level failure. 198
Unable to apply modem configuration on line '<line>'. 204
Unable to backup project file to '<path>' [<reason>]. The save operation has been aborted. Verify the
destination file is not locked and has read/write access. To continue to save this project without a
backup, deselect the backup option under Tools | Options | General and re-save the project. 199
Unable to begin device discovery on channel. | Channel = '<name>'. 216
Unable to configure com port with specified parameters. | Port = COM<number>, OS error =
<error>. 234
Unable to create serial I/O thread. 234
Unable to dial on line '<line>'. 202
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>' 201
Unable to generate a tag database for device '<device>'. The device is not responding. 201
Unable to launch application. | Application = '<path>', OS error = '<code>'. 214
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'. 204
Unable to load driver DLL '<name>'. Reason 206
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'. 205
Unable to load plug-in DLL '<name>'. Reason 206
Unable to load project <name> 199
Unable to load startup project '<name>'
<reason>. 223
Unable to load the '<name>' driver because more than one copy exists ('<name>' and '<name>').
Remove the conflicting driver and restart the application. 198
Unable to replace devices on channel because it has an active reference count. | Channel =
'<name>'. 213
www. kepware.com
255 KEPServerEX V6
Unable to save project file <name> 200

Unable to use network adapter '<adapter>' on channel '<name>'. Using default network adapter. 203
Unable to write to address '<address>' on device '<name>'. 238
Unable to write to address on device. | Address = '<address>'. 237
Unable to write to item '<name>'. 223
Unable to write to item. | Item = '<item name>'. 226
Update of object '<name>' failed
<reason>. 222
Updated startup project '<name>'. 224
User added to user group. | User = '<name>', Group = '<name>'. 211
User group has been created. | Group = '<name>'. 211
User group has been disabled. | Group = '<name>'. 212
User group has been enabled. | Group = '<name>'. 212
User group has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name = '<name>'. 211
User has been disabled. | User = '<name>'. 212
User has been enabled. | User = '<name>'. 212
User has been renamed. | Old name = '<name>', New name = '<name>'. 212
User information replaced by import. | File imported = '<absolute file path>'. 211
User moved from user group. | User = '<name>', Old group = '<name>', New group '<name>'. 211
Using a Modem in the Server Project 123
Validation error on '<tag>'

<error>. 203
Invalid scaling parameters. 204
Version mismatch. 199
ViewServiceSet 191
Virtual Network 67
Virtual Network Mode changed. This affects all channels and virtual networks. See help for more details
regarding the Virtual Network Mode. | New mode = '<mode>'. 216
What is a Channel? 61
What is a Device? 71
What is a Tag Group? 90
What is a Tag? 80
What is the Alias Map? 91
What is the Event Log? 93
www. kepware.com
KEPServerEX V6 256
Winsock initialization failed. | OS error = <error>. 235

Winsock shut down failed. | OS error = <error>. 235
Winsock V1.1 or higher must be installed to use this driver. 235
Write All Values for All Tags 69
Write Only Latest Value for All Tags 70
Write Only Latest Value for Non-Boolean Tags 70
Write Optimizations 69
Write request failed on item '<name>'. Error scaling the write data. 223
Write request failed on item '<name>'. The write data type '<type>' cannot be converted to the tag data
type '<type>'. 223
Write request rejected on item reference '<name>' since the device it belongs to is disabled. 223
Write request rejected on read-only item reference '<name>'. 223
www. kepware.com

Kepserverex Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kepserverex Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kepserverex Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 PTC Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Interfaces and Connectivity 16

iFIX Native Interfaces 20

ThingWorx Native Interface 20

Thin-Client Terminal Server 21

Accessing the Administration Menu 22

Settings - Runtime Process 25

Settings - Runtime Options 26

Settings - Event Log 27

Settings - ProgID Redirect 29

Settings - User Manager 30

Navigating the User Interface 35

Project Properties - Identification 38

Project Properties - OPC DA Settings 38

Project Properties - DDE 42

Project Properties - FastDDE/Suitelink 44

Project Properties - iFIX PDB Settings 46

Project Properties - ThingWorx Native Interface 48

Project Properties - OPC UA 53

Project Properties - OPC AE 55

Project Properties - OPC HDA 57

Project Properties - OPC .NET 57

Options - Runtime Connection 60

What is a Tag Group? 90

Tag Group Properties 90

What is the Alias Map? 91

What is the Event Log? 93

CSV Import and Export 95

Automatic Tag Database Generation 97

System Tags 100

Property Tags 114

Statistics Tags 115

Modem Tags 117

Communication Serialization Tags 120

Communications Management 122

Using a Modem in the Server Project 123

Designing a Project 127

Running the Server 127

Starting a New Project 127

Adding and Configuring a Channel 128

Channel Creation Wizard 129

Adding and Configuring a Device 130

Device Creation Wizard 132

Adding User - Defined Tags (Example) 132

Browsing for Tags 134

Generating Multiple Tags 136

Adding Tag Scaling 139

Saving the Project 139

Testing the Project 140

How Do I... 147

How To... Allow Desktop Interactions 147

How To... Create and Use an Alias 149

How To... Optimize the Server Project 152

How To... Use DDE with the Server 155

How To... Use Dynamic Tag Addressing 156

How To... Use Ethernet Encapsulation 157

How To ... Work with Non-Normalized Floating Point Values 158

Device Demand Poll 160

Configuration API Service 162